2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library
20 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions.
21 * Other main libraries:
22 * - weblib.php - functions that produce web output
23 * - datalib.php - functions that access the database
27 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
28 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
31 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') ||
die();
33 // CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments).
35 // Date and time constants.
37 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year
39 define('YEARSECS', 31536000);
42 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
44 define('WEEKSECS', 604800);
47 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
49 define('DAYSECS', 86400);
52 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
54 define('HOURSECS', 3600);
57 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
59 define('MINSECS', 60);
62 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
64 define('DAYMINS', 1440);
67 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
69 define('HOURMINS', 60);
71 // Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param()
72 // or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter.
75 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only English ascii letters [a-zA-Z].
77 define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha');
80 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed
81 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed
83 define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext');
86 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers 0-9 and English ascii letters [a-zA-Z] only.
88 define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum');
91 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers 0-9, letters (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) and _- only.
93 define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext');
96 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin
98 define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth');
101 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format
103 define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64');
106 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls.
108 define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool');
111 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually
112 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database.
114 define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability');
117 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want
118 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when receiving
119 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitise the HTML
120 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to
121 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness.
123 define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml');
126 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC
128 define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email');
131 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals
133 define('PARAM_FILE', 'file');
136 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number.
138 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
139 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator.
140 * Use PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT instead.
142 define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float');
145 * PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT - a localised real/floating point number.
146 * This is preferred over PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
147 * Cleans localised numbers to computer readable numbers; false for invalid numbers.
149 define('PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT', 'localisedfloat');
152 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address)
154 define('PARAM_HOST', 'host');
157 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers.
159 define('PARAM_INT', 'int');
162 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site.
164 define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang');
167 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the
168 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!)
170 define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl');
173 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type.
175 define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags');
178 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory
179 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed
181 define('PARAM_PATH', 'path');
184 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format
186 define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem');
189 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT.
191 define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission');
194 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters
196 define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw');
199 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped.
201 define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed');
204 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require()
206 define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir');
209 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths, etc.
211 define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath');
214 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only.
216 define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence');
219 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported
221 define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag');
224 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.)
226 define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist');
229 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here.
231 define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text');
234 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site
236 define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme');
239 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but
240 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok.
242 define('PARAM_URL', 'url');
245 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user
246 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!!
248 define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username');
251 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string()
253 define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid');
255 // DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE.
257 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter.
258 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-)
259 * @deprecated since 2.0
261 define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean');
264 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT
265 * @deprecated since 2.0
267 define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int');
270 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT
271 * @deprecated since 2.0
273 define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float');
276 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls
277 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
278 * @deprecated since 2.0
280 define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext');
283 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc.
284 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
285 * @deprecated since 2.0
287 define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext');
290 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT.
291 * @deprecated since 2.0
293 define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text');
296 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or
297 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
298 * America/Port-au-Prince)
300 define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone');
303 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too
305 define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file');
308 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'.
309 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'.
310 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
311 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names!
313 define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component');
316 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc.
317 * It is usually used together with context id and component.
318 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
320 define('PARAM_AREA', 'area');
323 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'.
324 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
325 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names.
327 define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin');
333 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error
335 define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1);
338 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value
340 define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2);
343 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used
345 define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0);
348 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database
350 define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false);
353 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database
355 define('NULL_ALLOWED', true);
360 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php.
362 define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view');
364 /** Get remote addr constant */
365 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1');
366 /** Get remote addr constant */
367 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2');
369 * GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT defines the default behavior remote IP address validation.
371 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT', GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR|GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP
);
373 // Blog access level constant declaration.
374 define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1);
375 define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2);
376 define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3);
377 define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4);
378 define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5);
383 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the
384 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85".
385 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
387 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
389 define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50);
391 // Password policy constants.
392 define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');
393 define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ');
394 define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789');
395 define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$');
397 // Feature constants.
398 // Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module.
400 /** True if module can provide a grade */
401 define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade');
402 /** True if module supports outcomes */
403 define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes');
404 /** True if module supports advanced grading methods */
405 define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading');
406 /** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */
407 define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility');
408 /** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */
409 define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism');
411 /** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */
412 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views');
413 /** True if module has custom completion rules */
414 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules');
416 /** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */
417 define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink');
418 /** True (which is default) if the module wants support for setting the ID number for grade calculation purposes. */
419 define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber');
420 /** True if module supports groups */
421 define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups');
422 /** True if module supports groupings */
423 define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings');
425 * True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists)
426 * @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8
428 define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly');
430 /** Type of module */
431 define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype');
432 /** True if module supports intro editor */
433 define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro');
434 /** True if module has default completion */
435 define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion');
437 define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment');
439 define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate');
440 /** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */
441 define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2');
443 /** True if module can show description on course main page */
444 define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription');
446 /** True if module uses the question bank */
447 define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions');
450 * Maximum filename char size
452 define('MAX_FILENAME_SIZE', 100);
454 /** Unspecified module archetype */
455 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0);
456 /** Resource-like type module */
457 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1);
458 /** Assignment module archetype */
459 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2);
460 /** System (not user-addable) module archetype */
461 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3);
464 * Security token used for allowing access
465 * from external application such as web services.
466 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively
467 * low because we need to load access info in each request.
468 * Scripts are executed in parallel.
470 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0);
473 * Security token used for allowing access
474 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the
475 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out.
476 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used.
478 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1);
481 * The home page should be the site home
483 define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0);
485 * The home page should be the users my page
487 define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1);
489 * The home page can be chosen by the user
491 define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2);
494 * URL of the Moodle sites registration portal.
496 defined('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL') ||
define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', 'https://stats.moodle.org');
499 * Moodle mobile app service name
501 define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app');
504 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions
506 define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1);
509 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page.
511 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0);
513 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section.
515 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1);
518 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored.
520 define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached');
523 * Email from header to never include via information.
525 define('EMAIL_VIA_NEVER', 0);
528 * Email from header to always include via information.
530 define('EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS', 1);
533 * Email from header to only include via information if the address is no-reply.
535 define('EMAIL_VIA_NO_REPLY_ONLY', 2);
537 // PARAMETER HANDLING.
540 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
541 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
542 * thrown because we require this variable.
544 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
545 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
547 * $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT);
549 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
551 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
552 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
554 * @throws coding_exception
556 function required_param($parname, $type) {
557 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
558 throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
560 // POST has precedence.
561 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
562 $param = $_POST[$parname];
563 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
564 $param = $_GET[$parname];
566 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
569 if (is_array($param)) {
570 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
571 // TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3.
572 return required_param_array($parname, $type);
575 return clean_param($param, $type);
579 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
580 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
581 * thrown because we require this variable.
583 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
584 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
586 * $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT);
588 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
590 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
591 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
593 * @throws coding_exception
595 function required_param_array($parname, $type) {
596 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
597 throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
599 // POST has precedence.
600 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
601 $param = $_POST[$parname];
602 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
603 $param = $_GET[$parname];
605 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
607 if (!is_array($param)) {
608 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
612 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
613 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
614 debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
617 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
624 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
625 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
627 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
628 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
630 * $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT);
632 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
634 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
635 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
636 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
638 * @throws coding_exception
640 function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) {
641 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
642 throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
645 // POST has precedence.
646 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
647 $param = $_POST[$parname];
648 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
649 $param = $_GET[$parname];
654 if (is_array($param)) {
655 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
656 // TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3.
657 return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type);
660 return clean_param($param, $type);
664 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
665 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
667 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
668 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
670 * $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT);
672 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
674 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
675 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
676 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
678 * @throws coding_exception
680 function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) {
681 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
682 throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
685 // POST has precedence.
686 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
687 $param = $_POST[$parname];
688 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
689 $param = $_GET[$parname];
693 if (!is_array($param)) {
694 debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname);
699 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
700 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
701 debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
704 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
711 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted
712 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values
713 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise
714 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown.
715 * Objects and classes are not accepted.
717 * @param mixed $param
718 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant
719 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value?
720 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information
721 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type
722 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type
724 function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED
, $debuginfo='') {
725 if (is_null($param)) {
726 if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED
) {
729 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
732 if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) {
733 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
736 $cleaned = clean_param($param, $type);
738 if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT
) {
739 // Do not detect precision loss here.
740 if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) {
742 } else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) {
743 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
745 } else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) {
746 // Conversion to string is usually lossless.
747 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
754 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names!
757 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT);
760 * @param array $param the variable array we are cleaning
761 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
762 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays
764 * @throws coding_exception
766 function clean_param_array(array $param = null, $type, $recursive = false) {
767 // Convert null to empty array.
768 $param = (array)$param;
769 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
770 if (is_array($value)) {
772 $param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true);
774 throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.');
777 $param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
784 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to
785 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on
788 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA);
789 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT);
792 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
793 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
795 * @throws coding_exception
797 function clean_param($param, $type) {
800 if (is_array($param)) {
801 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
802 } else if (is_object($param)) {
803 if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) {
804 $param = $param->__toString();
806 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
812 // No cleaning at all.
813 $param = fix_utf8($param);
816 case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED
:
817 // No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace.
818 $param = fix_utf8($param);
822 // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated!
823 // Please use more specific type instead.
824 if (is_numeric($param)) {
827 $param = fix_utf8($param);
828 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
829 return clean_text($param);
831 case PARAM_CLEANHTML
:
832 // Clean html fragment.
833 $param = fix_utf8($param);
834 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
835 $param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML
);
839 // Convert to integer.
844 return (float)$param;
846 case PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT
:
848 return unformat_float($param, true);
851 // Remove everything not `a-z`.
852 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param);
855 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too).
856 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param);
859 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`.
860 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param);
862 case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT
:
863 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`.
864 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
867 // Remove everything not `0-9,`.
868 return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param);
871 // Convert to 1 or 0.
872 $tempstr = strtolower($param);
873 if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') {
875 } else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') {
878 $param = empty($param) ?
0 : 1;
884 $param = fix_utf8($param);
885 return strip_tags($param);
888 // Leave only tags needed for multilang.
889 $param = fix_utf8($param);
890 // If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required
891 // for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons.
893 if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) {
894 // Old and future mutilang syntax.
895 $param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>');
896 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
900 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
901 if ($match === '</lang>') {
909 if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) {
920 } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) {
921 // Current problematic multilang syntax.
922 $param = strip_tags($param, '<span>');
923 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
927 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
928 if ($match === '</span>') {
936 if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) {
948 // Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string().
949 return strip_tags($param);
951 case PARAM_COMPONENT
:
952 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not
953 // please note only normalised component names are accepted.
954 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z][a-z0-9]*(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) {
957 if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) {
960 if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) {
961 // Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types.
962 if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) {
970 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not.
971 if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) {
977 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- .
978 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
981 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- .
982 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param);
985 // Strip all suspicious characters from filename.
986 $param = fix_utf8($param);
987 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param);
988 if ($param === '.' ||
$param === '..') {
994 // Strip all suspicious characters from file path.
995 $param = fix_utf8($param);
996 $param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param);
998 // Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules.
999 $breadcrumb = explode('/', $param);
1000 foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) {
1001 if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) {
1002 // Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt.
1004 $crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE
);
1006 $breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb;
1008 $param = implode('/', $breadcrumb);
1010 // Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///).
1011 $param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param);
1012 $param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param);
1016 // Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad.
1017 $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param );
1018 // Match ipv4 dotted quad.
1019 if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) {
1020 // Confirm values are ok.
1021 if ( $match[0] > 255
1024 ||
$match[4] > 255 ) {
1025 // Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this?
1028 } else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers.
1029 && !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens.
1030 && !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens.
1032 // All is ok - $param is respected.
1041 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1042 include_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php');
1043 if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E-u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) {
1044 // All is ok, param is respected.
1051 case PARAM_LOCALURL
:
1052 // Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot.
1053 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL
);
1054 if (!empty($param)) {
1056 if ($param === $CFG->wwwroot
) {
1058 } else if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) {
1059 // Root-relative, ok!
1060 } else if (preg_match('/^' . preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot
. '/', '/') . '/i', $param)) {
1061 // Absolute, and matches our wwwroot.
1063 // Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks.
1064 if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?')) {
1074 $param = trim($param);
1075 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols:
1079 // , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes.
1080 if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) {
1081 list($wholething, $body) = $matches;
1082 unset($wholething, $matches);
1083 $b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64
);
1085 return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n";
1093 if (!empty($param)) {
1094 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols
1098 if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) {
1101 $lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY
);
1102 // Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less
1103 // than (or equal to) 64 characters long.
1104 for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++
) {
1106 if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) {
1112 if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) {
1116 return implode("\n", $lines);
1122 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1123 // Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere,
1124 // it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere.
1125 // Remove some nasties.
1126 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param);
1127 // Convert many whitespace chars into one.
1128 $param = preg_replace('/\s+/u', ' ', $param);
1129 $param = core_text
::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH
);
1133 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1134 $tags = explode(',', $param);
1136 foreach ($tags as $tag) {
1137 $res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG
);
1143 return implode(',', $result);
1148 case PARAM_CAPABILITY
:
1149 if (get_capability_info($param)) {
1155 case PARAM_PERMISSION
:
1156 $param = (int)$param;
1157 if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT
, CAP_ALLOW
, CAP_PREVENT
, CAP_PROHIBIT
))) {
1164 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN
);
1165 if (empty($param)) {
1167 } else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) {
1174 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR
);
1175 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) {
1178 // Specified language is not installed or param malformed.
1183 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN
);
1184 if (empty($param)) {
1186 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) {
1188 } else if (!empty($CFG->themedir
) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) {
1191 // Specified theme is not installed.
1195 case PARAM_USERNAME
:
1196 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1197 $param = trim($param);
1198 // Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919.
1199 $param = core_text
::strtolower($param);
1200 if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars
)) {
1201 $param = str_replace(" " , "", $param);
1202 // Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT:
1203 // alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters.
1204 $param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param);
1209 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1210 if (validate_email($param)) {
1216 case PARAM_STRINGID
:
1217 if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) {
1223 case PARAM_TIMEZONE
:
1224 // Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'.
1225 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1226 $timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/';
1227 if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) {
1234 // Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem.
1235 print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type);
1240 * Whether the PARAM_* type is compatible in RTL.
1242 * Being compatible with RTL means that the data they contain can flow
1243 * from right-to-left or left-to-right without compromising the user experience.
1245 * Take URLs for example, they are not RTL compatible as they should always
1246 * flow from the left to the right. This also applies to numbers, email addresses,
1247 * configuration snippets, base64 strings, etc...
1249 * This function tries to best guess which parameters can contain localised strings.
1251 * @param string $paramtype Constant PARAM_*.
1254 function is_rtl_compatible($paramtype) {
1255 return $paramtype == PARAM_TEXT ||
$paramtype == PARAM_NOTAGS
;
1259 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded.
1261 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties.
1263 * @param mixed $value
1264 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding
1266 function fix_utf8($value) {
1267 if (is_null($value) or $value === '') {
1270 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1271 if ((string)(int)$value === $value) {
1275 // No null bytes expected in our data, so let's remove it.
1276 $value = str_replace("\0", '', $value);
1278 // Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally.
1279 static $buggyiconv = null;
1280 if ($buggyiconv === null) {
1281 $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv
('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€');
1285 if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) {
1286 $subst = mb_substitute_character();
1287 mb_substitute_character('');
1288 $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8');
1289 mb_substitute_character($subst);
1292 // Warn admins on admin/index.php page.
1297 $result = @iconv
('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value);
1302 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1303 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1304 $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v);
1308 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1309 // Do not modify original.
1310 $value = clone($value);
1311 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1312 $value->$k = fix_utf8($v);
1317 // This is some other type, no utf-8 here.
1323 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value
1325 * @param mixed $value String or Int
1326 * @return bool true if number, false if not
1328 function is_number($value) {
1329 if (is_int($value)) {
1331 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1332 return ((string)(int)$value) === $value;
1339 * Returns host part from url.
1341 * @param string $url full url
1342 * @return string host, null if not found
1344 function get_host_from_url($url) {
1345 preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches);
1353 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor
1355 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from
1356 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor
1357 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something.
1359 * @param string $string a string containing HTML.
1360 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text,
1361 * images, objects, etc.
1363 function html_is_blank($string) {
1364 return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
1368 * Set a key in global configuration
1370 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable
1371 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions.
1373 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table.
1374 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG.
1376 * A NULL value will delete the entry.
1378 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1380 * @param string $name the key to set
1381 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes)
1382 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null
1383 * @return bool true or exception
1385 function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) {
1388 if (empty($plugin)) {
1389 if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings
)) {
1390 // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
1391 if (is_null($value)) {
1394 // Settings from db are always strings.
1395 $CFG->$name = (string)$value;
1399 if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) {
1400 if ($value === null) {
1401 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1403 $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name));
1406 if ($value !== null) {
1407 $config = new stdClass();
1408 $config->name
= $name;
1409 $config->value
= $value;
1410 $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false);
1412 // When setting config during a Behat test (in the CLI script, not in the web browser
1413 // requests), remember which ones are set so that we can clear them later.
1414 if (defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
1415 if (!property_exists($CFG, 'behat_cli_added_config')) {
1416 $CFG->behat_cli_added_config
= [];
1418 $CFG->behat_cli_added_config
[$name] = true;
1421 if ($name === 'siteidentifier') {
1422 cache_helper
::update_site_identifier($value);
1424 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1427 if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) {
1428 if ($value===null) {
1429 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1431 $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id));
1434 if ($value !== null) {
1435 $config = new stdClass();
1436 $config->plugin
= $plugin;
1437 $config->name
= $name;
1438 $config->value
= $value;
1439 $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false);
1442 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1449 * Get configuration values from the global config table
1450 * or the config_plugins table.
1452 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config
1453 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object.
1455 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single
1456 * value or false if the value is not found.
1458 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1460 * @static string|false $siteidentifier The site identifier is not cached. We use this static cache so
1461 * that we need only fetch it once per request.
1462 * @param string $plugin full component name
1463 * @param string $name default null
1464 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found
1465 * @throws dml_exception
1467 function get_config($plugin, $name = null) {
1470 static $siteidentifier = null;
1472 if ($plugin === 'moodle' ||
$plugin === 'core' ||
empty($plugin)) {
1473 $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings
;
1477 if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
)) {
1478 $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
[$plugin];
1485 if ($siteidentifier === null) {
1487 // This may fail during installation.
1488 // If you have a look at {@link initialise_cfg()} you will see that this is how we detect the need to
1489 // install the database.
1490 $siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier'));
1491 } catch (dml_exception
$ex) {
1492 // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually.
1493 $siteidentifier = false;
1498 if (!empty($name)) {
1499 if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) {
1500 return (string)$forced[$name];
1501 } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') {
1502 return $siteidentifier;
1506 $cache = cache
::make('core', 'config');
1507 $result = $cache->get($plugin);
1508 if ($result === false) {
1509 // The user is after a recordset.
1511 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value');
1513 // This part is not really used any more, but anyway...
1514 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');;
1516 $cache->set($plugin, $result);
1519 if (!empty($name)) {
1520 if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) {
1521 return $result[$name];
1526 if ($plugin === 'core') {
1527 $result['siteidentifier'] = $siteidentifier;
1530 foreach ($forced as $key => $value) {
1531 if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) {
1532 // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db.
1533 unset($result[$key]);
1535 // Convert to string as if it went through the DB.
1536 $result[$key] = (string)$value;
1540 return (object)$result;
1544 * Removes a key from global configuration.
1546 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1548 * @param string $name the key to set
1549 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope
1550 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1552 function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) {
1555 if (empty($plugin)) {
1557 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1558 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1560 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1561 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1568 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin.
1570 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1572 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice';
1573 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1575 function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) {
1577 // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first.
1578 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin));
1579 // Next delete any suspect settings from config.
1580 $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|');
1581 $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%');
1582 $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params);
1583 // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core).
1584 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin));
1590 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability.
1592 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability.
1594 * @param string $value the value of the config setting.
1595 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor.
1596 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators.
1597 * @return array of user objects.
1599 function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
1600 if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') {
1604 // We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability,
1605 // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present
1606 // instead of validating them one-by-one.
1607 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system
::instance(), $capability);
1608 if ($includeadmins) {
1609 $admins = get_admins();
1610 foreach ($admins as $admin) {
1611 $users[$admin->id
] = $admin;
1615 if ($value === '$@ALL@$') {
1619 $result = array(); // Result in correct order.
1620 $allowed = explode(',', $value);
1621 foreach ($allowed as $uid) {
1622 if (isset($users[$uid])) {
1623 $user = $users[$uid];
1624 $result[$user->id
] = $user;
1633 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp.
1637 function purge_all_caches() {
1642 * Selectively invalidate different types of cache.
1644 * Purges the cache areas specified. By default, this will purge all caches but can selectively purge specific
1645 * areas alone or in combination.
1647 * @param bool[] $options Specific parts of the cache to purge. Valid options are:
1648 * 'muc' Purge MUC caches?
1649 * 'theme' Purge theme cache?
1650 * 'lang' Purge language string cache?
1651 * 'js' Purge javascript cache?
1652 * 'filter' Purge text filter cache?
1653 * 'other' Purge all other caches?
1655 function purge_caches($options = []) {
1656 $defaults = array_fill_keys(['muc', 'theme', 'lang', 'js', 'template', 'filter', 'other'], false);
1657 if (empty(array_filter($options))) {
1658 $options = array_fill_keys(array_keys($defaults), true); // Set all options to true.
1660 $options = array_merge($defaults, array_intersect_key($options, $defaults)); // Override defaults with specified options.
1662 if ($options['muc']) {
1663 cache_helper
::purge_all();
1665 if ($options['theme']) {
1666 theme_reset_all_caches();
1668 if ($options['lang']) {
1669 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
1671 if ($options['js']) {
1672 js_reset_all_caches();
1674 if ($options['template']) {
1675 template_reset_all_caches();
1677 if ($options['filter']) {
1678 reset_text_filters_cache();
1680 if ($options['other']) {
1681 purge_other_caches();
1686 * Purge all non-MUC caches not otherwise purged in purge_caches.
1688 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at
1689 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()}
1691 function purge_other_caches() {
1693 core_text
::reset_caches();
1694 if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) {
1695 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
1698 // Bump up cacherev field for all courses.
1700 increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', '');
1701 } catch (moodle_exception
$e) {
1702 // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet.
1705 $DB->reset_caches();
1707 // Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc.
1709 remove_dir($CFG->cachedir
.'', true);
1711 // Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not.
1712 make_cache_directory('');
1714 // This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there.
1715 // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes.
1716 remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir
, true);
1717 set_config('localcachedirpurged', time());
1718 make_localcache_directory('', true);
1719 \core\task\manager
::clear_static_caches();
1723 * Get volatile flags
1725 * @param string $type
1726 * @param int $changedsince default null
1727 * @return array records array
1729 function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) {
1732 $params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time());
1733 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry";
1734 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1735 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1736 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1739 if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) {
1740 foreach ($flags as $flag) {
1741 $cf[$flag->name
] = $flag->value
;
1748 * Get volatile flags
1750 * @param string $type
1751 * @param string $name
1752 * @param int $changedsince default null
1753 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false
1755 function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) {
1758 $params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time());
1760 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry";
1761 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1762 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1763 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1766 return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params);
1770 * Set a volatile flag
1772 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1773 * @param string $name the key to set
1774 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag
1775 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs
1776 * @return bool Always returns true
1778 function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) {
1781 $timemodified = time();
1782 if ($expiry === null ||
$expiry < $timemodified) {
1783 $expiry = $timemodified +
24 * 60 * 60;
1785 $expiry = (int)$expiry;
1788 if ($value === null) {
1789 unset_cache_flag($type, $name);
1793 if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE
)) {
1794 // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
1795 if ($f->value
== $value and $f->expiry
== $expiry and $f->timemodified
== $timemodified) {
1796 return true; // No need to update.
1799 $f->expiry
= $expiry;
1800 $f->timemodified
= $timemodified;
1801 $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f);
1803 $f = new stdClass();
1804 $f->flagtype
= $type;
1807 $f->expiry
= $expiry;
1808 $f->timemodified
= $timemodified;
1809 $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f);
1815 * Removes a single volatile flag
1817 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1818 * @param string $name the key to set
1821 function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) {
1823 $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type));
1828 * Garbage-collect volatile flags
1830 * @return bool Always returns true
1832 function gc_cache_flags() {
1834 $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time()));
1838 // USER PREFERENCE API.
1841 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER
1842 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script.
1844 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires.
1847 * @category preference
1849 * @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property
1850 * @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds)
1851 * @throws coding_exception
1854 function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass
$user, $cachelifetime = 120) {
1856 // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes.
1857 static $loadedusers = array();
1859 if (!isset($user->id
)) {
1860 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field');
1863 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1864 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1865 if (!isset($user->preference
)) {
1866 $user->preference
= array();
1873 if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id
]) and isset($user->preference
) and isset($user->preference
['_lastloaded'])) {
1874 // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date?
1875 if ($user->preference
['_lastloaded'] +
$cachelifetime > $timenow) {
1876 // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago.
1879 } else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id
, $user->preference
['_lastloaded'])) {
1880 // No change since the lastcheck on this page.
1881 $user->preference
['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1886 // OK, so we have to reload all preferences.
1887 $loadedusers[$user->id
] = true;
1888 $user->preference
= $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
), '', 'name,value'); // All values.
1889 $user->preference
['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1893 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions.
1895 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code.
1899 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed.
1901 function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) {
1904 if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) {
1905 // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users.
1909 set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() +
$CFG->sessiontimeout
);
1913 * Sets a preference for the specified user.
1915 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1917 * When additional validation/permission check is needed it is better to use {@see useredit_update_user_preference()}
1920 * @category preference
1922 * @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user
1923 * @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's
1924 * record, null means delete current value.
1925 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1926 * @throws coding_exception
1927 * @return bool Always true or exception
1929 function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) {
1932 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1933 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call');
1936 if (is_null($value)) {
1937 // Null means delete current.
1938 return unset_user_preference($name, $user);
1939 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1940 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed');
1941 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1942 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed');
1944 // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters.
1945 $value = (string)$value;
1946 if (core_text
::strlen($value) > 1333) {
1947 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column');
1950 if (is_null($user)) {
1952 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
1953 // It is a valid object.
1954 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1955 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1957 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call');
1960 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1962 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1963 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1964 $user->preference
[$name] = $value;
1968 if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => $name))) {
1969 if ($preference->value
=== $value and isset($user->preference
[$name]) and $user->preference
[$name] === $value) {
1970 // Preference already set to this value.
1973 $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id
));
1976 $preference = new stdClass();
1977 $preference->userid
= $user->id
;
1978 $preference->name
= $name;
1979 $preference->value
= $value;
1980 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference);
1983 // Update value in cache.
1984 $user->preference
[$name] = $value;
1985 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
1986 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id
== $USER->id
) {
1987 $USER->preference
[$name] = $value;
1990 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
1991 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id
);
1997 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
1999 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
2002 * @category preference
2004 * @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set
2005 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
2006 * @return bool Always true or exception
2008 function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) {
2009 foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) {
2010 set_user_preference($name, $value, $user);
2016 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
2018 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
2021 * @category preference
2023 * @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
2024 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
2025 * @throws coding_exception
2026 * @return bool Always true or exception
2028 function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) {
2031 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
2032 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call');
2035 if (is_null($user)) {
2037 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
2038 // It is a valid object.
2039 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
2040 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
2042 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call');
2045 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
2047 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
2048 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest.
2049 unset($user->preference
[$name]);
2054 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => $name));
2056 // Delete the preference from cache.
2057 unset($user->preference
[$name]);
2058 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
2059 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id
== $USER->id
) {
2060 unset($USER->preference
[$name]);
2063 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
2064 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id
);
2070 * Used to fetch user preference(s)
2072 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return
2073 * all of the current user preferences as an array.
2075 * If a name is specified then this function
2076 * attempts to return that particular preference value. If
2077 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned,
2080 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
2083 * @category preference
2085 * @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
2086 * @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
2087 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
2088 * @throws coding_exception
2089 * @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An
2090 * array with all of the preferences or null
2092 function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) {
2095 if (is_null($name)) {
2097 } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
2098 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call');
2101 if (is_null($user)) {
2103 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
2104 // Is a valid object.
2105 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
2106 if ($USER->id
== $user) {
2109 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
2112 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call');
2115 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
2119 return $user->preference
;
2120 } else if (isset($user->preference
[$name])) {
2121 // The single string value.
2122 return $user->preference
[$name];
2124 // Default value (null if not specified).
2129 // FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME.
2132 * Given Gregorian date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp.
2136 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
2137 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
2138 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
2139 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
2140 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
2141 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
2142 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset.
2143 * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2144 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be
2145 * applied only if timezone is 99 or string.
2146 * @return int GMT timestamp
2148 function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) {
2149 $date = new DateTime('now', core_date
::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2150 $date->setDate((int)$year, (int)$month, (int)$day);
2151 $date->setTime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second);
2153 $time = $date->getTimestamp();
2155 if ($time === false) {
2156 throw new coding_exception('getTimestamp() returned false, please ensure you have passed correct values.'.
2157 ' This can fail if year is more than 2038 and OS is 32 bit windows');
2160 // Moodle BC DST stuff.
2162 $time +
= dst_offset_on($time, $timezone);
2170 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
2172 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string
2173 * formatted nicely as years, days, hours etc as needed
2181 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds
2182 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object
2183 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string
2185 function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) {
2187 $totalsecs = abs($totalsecs);
2190 // Create the str structure the slow way.
2191 $str = new stdClass();
2192 $str->day
= get_string('day');
2193 $str->days
= get_string('days');
2194 $str->hour
= get_string('hour');
2195 $str->hours
= get_string('hours');
2196 $str->min
= get_string('min');
2197 $str->mins
= get_string('mins');
2198 $str->sec
= get_string('sec');
2199 $str->secs
= get_string('secs');
2200 $str->year
= get_string('year');
2201 $str->years
= get_string('years');
2204 $years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS
);
2205 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS
);
2206 $days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS
);
2207 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS
);
2208 $hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS
);
2209 $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS
);
2210 $mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS
);
2211 $secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS
);
2213 $ss = ($secs == 1) ?
$str->sec
: $str->secs
;
2214 $sm = ($mins == 1) ?
$str->min
: $str->mins
;
2215 $sh = ($hours == 1) ?
$str->hour
: $str->hours
;
2216 $sd = ($days == 1) ?
$str->day
: $str->days
;
2217 $sy = ($years == 1) ?
$str->year
: $str->years
;
2226 $oyears = $years .' '. $sy;
2229 $odays = $days .' '. $sd;
2232 $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh;
2235 $omins = $mins .' '. $sm;
2238 $osecs = $secs .' '. $ss;
2242 return trim($oyears .' '. $odays);
2245 return trim($odays .' '. $ohours);
2248 return trim($ohours .' '. $omins);
2251 return trim($omins .' '. $osecs);
2256 return get_string('now');
2260 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time.
2264 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
2265 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
2266 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
2267 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
2268 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
2269 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2270 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
2271 * If false then the leading zero is maintained.
2272 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
2273 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2275 function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
2276 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2277 return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
2281 * Returns a html "time" tag with both the exact user date with timezone information
2282 * as a datetime attribute in the W3C format, and the user readable date and time as text.
2286 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
2287 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
2288 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
2289 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
2290 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
2291 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2292 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
2293 * If false then the leading zero is maintained.
2294 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
2295 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2297 function userdate_htmltime($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
2298 $userdatestr = userdate($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
2299 if (CLI_SCRIPT
&& !PHPUNIT_TEST
) {
2300 return $userdatestr;
2302 $machinedate = new DateTime();
2303 $machinedate->setTimestamp(intval($date));
2304 $machinedate->setTimezone(core_date
::get_user_timezone_object());
2306 return html_writer
::tag('time', $userdatestr, ['datetime' => $machinedate->format(DateTime
::W3C
)]);
2310 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8.
2312 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8
2313 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32).
2315 * @param int $date the timestamp - since Moodle 2.9 this is a real UTC timestamp
2316 * @param string $format strftime format.
2317 * @param int|float|string $tz the user timezone
2318 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2319 * @since Moodle 2.3.3
2321 function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) {
2324 $localewincharset = null;
2325 // Get the calendar type user is using.
2326 if ($CFG->ostype
== 'WINDOWS') {
2327 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2328 $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset();
2331 if ($localewincharset) {
2332 $format = core_text
::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset);
2335 date_default_timezone_set(core_date
::get_user_timezone($tz));
2336 $datestring = strftime($format, $date);
2337 core_date
::set_default_server_timezone();
2339 if ($localewincharset) {
2340 $datestring = core_text
::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8');
2347 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch),
2348 * returns an array that represents the Gregorian date in user time
2352 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT
2353 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2354 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time
2356 function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) {
2357 date_default_timezone_set(core_date
::get_user_timezone($timezone));
2358 $result = getdate($time);
2359 core_date
::set_default_server_timezone();
2365 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by
2366 * the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
2368 * NOTE: this function does not include DST properly,
2369 * you should use the PHP date stuff instead!
2373 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2374 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2377 function usertime($date, $timezone=99) {
2378 $userdate = new DateTime('@' . $date);
2379 $userdate->setTimezone(core_date
::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2380 $dst = dst_offset_on($date, $timezone);
2382 return $date - $userdate->getOffset() +
$dst;
2386 * Get a formatted string representation of an interval between two unix timestamps.
2389 * $intervalstring = get_time_interval_string(12345600, 12345660);
2390 * Will produce the string:
2393 * @param int $time1 unix timestamp
2394 * @param int $time2 unix timestamp
2395 * @param string $format string (can be lang string) containing format chars: https://www.php.net/manual/en/dateinterval.format.php.
2396 * @return string the formatted string describing the time difference, e.g. '10d 11h 45m'.
2398 function get_time_interval_string(int $time1, int $time2, string $format = ''): string {
2399 $dtdate = new DateTime();
2400 $dtdate->setTimeStamp($time1);
2401 $dtdate2 = new DateTime();
2402 $dtdate2->setTimeStamp($time2);
2403 $interval = $dtdate2->diff($dtdate);
2404 $format = empty($format) ?
get_string('dateintervaldayshoursmins', 'langconfig') : $format;
2405 return $interval->format($format);
2409 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
2410 * for the current user.
2414 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2415 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2416 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp
2418 function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) {
2420 $userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone);
2422 // Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT.
2423 return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone);
2428 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone
2432 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2435 function usertimezone($timezone=99) {
2436 $tz = core_date
::get_user_timezone($timezone);
2437 return core_date
::get_localised_timezone($tz);
2441 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone
2442 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database)
2443 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
2444 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
2448 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2449 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
2450 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2451 * @return float|string
2453 function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) {
2458 isset($CFG->forcetimezone
) ?
$CFG->forcetimezone
: 99,
2459 isset($USER->timezone
) ?
$USER->timezone
: 99,
2460 isset($CFG->timezone
) ?
$CFG->timezone
: 99,
2465 // Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array.
2466 foreach ($timezones as $nextvalue) {
2467 if ((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) ||
$tz == 99) {
2471 return is_numeric($tz) ?
(float) $tz : $tz;
2475 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp)
2476 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float.
2480 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
2481 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone user timezone
2484 function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) {
2485 $tz = core_date
::get_user_timezone($strtimezone);
2486 $date = new DateTime('@' . $time);
2487 $date->setTimezone(new DateTimeZone($tz));
2488 if ($date->format('I') == '1') {
2489 if ($tz === 'Australia/Lord_Howe') {
2498 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month
2502 * @param int $startday starting day of the month
2503 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences)
2504 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought
2505 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought
2508 function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) {
2509 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2511 $daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year);
2512 $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays());
2514 if ($weekday == -1) {
2515 // Don't care about weekday, so return:
2516 // abs($startday) if $startday != -1
2517 // $daysinmonth otherwise.
2518 return ($startday == -1) ?
$daysinmonth : abs($startday);
2521 // From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday.
2522 // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it.
2523 if ($startday == -1) {
2524 $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth;
2527 // Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction.
2528 if ($startday < 1) {
2529 $startday = abs($startday);
2530 $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year);
2532 // This is the last such weekday of the month.
2533 $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth +
$weekday - $lastmonthweekday;
2534 if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) {
2535 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2538 // Find the first such weekday <= $startday.
2539 while ($lastinmonth > $startday) {
2540 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2543 return $lastinmonth;
2545 $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year);
2547 $diff = $weekday - $indexweekday;
2549 $diff +
= $daysinweek;
2552 // This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday.
2553 $firstfromindex = $startday +
$diff;
2555 return $firstfromindex;
2560 * Calculate the number of days in a given month
2564 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought
2565 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
2568 function days_in_month($month, $year) {
2569 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2570 return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month);
2574 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
2578 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
2579 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
2580 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
2583 function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) {
2584 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2585 return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day);
2588 // USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN.
2591 * Returns full login url.
2593 * Any form submissions for authentication to this URL must include username,
2594 * password as well as a logintoken generated by \core\session\manager::get_login_token().
2596 * @return string login url
2598 function get_login_url() {
2601 return "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php";
2605 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
2606 * required privileges
2608 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally
2609 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
2611 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless
2612 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which
2613 * case they are automatically logged in as guests.
2614 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
2615 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page.
2616 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher
2617 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page.
2619 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'.
2620 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed.
2622 * @package core_access
2625 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object
2626 * @param bool $autologinguest default true
2627 * @param object $cm course module object
2628 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2629 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2630 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2631 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2632 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path
2633 * @throws coding_exception
2634 * @throws require_login_exception
2635 * @throws moodle_exception
2637 function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2638 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT;
2640 // Must not redirect when byteserving already started.
2641 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) {
2642 $preventredirect = true;
2646 // We cannot redirect for AJAX scripts either.
2647 $preventredirect = true;
2650 // Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale.
2651 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2652 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2653 $course = $courseorid;
2654 } else if ($courseorid == SITEID
) {
2655 $course = clone($SITE);
2657 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
2660 if ($cm->course
!= $course->id
) {
2661 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!');
2663 // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details.
2664 if (!($cm instanceof cm_info
)) {
2665 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2666 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2667 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2668 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2669 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id
);
2673 // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(),
2674 // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!!
2677 throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!');
2681 // If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false.
2682 // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future
2683 // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL.
2684 if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT
) {
2685 $setwantsurltome = false;
2688 // Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour.
2689 if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out
) && !empty($CFG->dbsessions
)) {
2690 if ($preventredirect) {
2691 throw new require_login_session_timeout_exception();
2693 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2694 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2696 redirect(get_login_url());
2700 // If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are.
2701 if (!isloggedin()) {
2702 if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton
) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests
)) {
2703 if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest
)) {
2704 // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page.
2705 redirect(get_login_url());
2706 exit; // Never reached.
2708 $lang = isset($SESSION->lang
) ?
$SESSION->lang
: $CFG->lang
;
2709 complete_user_login($guest);
2710 $USER->autologinguest
= true;
2711 $SESSION->lang
= $lang;
2713 // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php.
2714 if ($preventredirect) {
2715 throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in');
2718 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2719 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2722 $referer = get_local_referer(false);
2723 if (!empty($referer)) {
2724 $SESSION->fromurl
= $referer;
2727 // Give auth plugins an opportunity to authenticate or redirect to an external login page
2728 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); // Auths, in sequence.
2729 foreach($authsequence as $authname) {
2730 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname);
2731 $authplugin->pre_loginpage_hook();
2734 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2735 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id
);
2737 set_access_log_user();
2742 // If we're still not logged in then go to the login page
2743 if (!isloggedin()) {
2744 redirect(get_login_url());
2745 exit; // Never reached.
2750 // Loginas as redirection if needed.
2751 if ($course->id
!= SITEID
and \core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2752 if ($USER->loginascontext
->contextlevel
== CONTEXT_COURSE
) {
2753 if ($USER->loginascontext
->instanceid
!= $course->id
) {
2754 print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot
.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext
->instanceid
);
2759 // Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them).
2760 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2761 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth
);
2762 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) {
2763 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2764 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2766 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
2767 // Use plugin custom url.
2768 redirect($changeurl);
2770 // Use moodle internal method.
2771 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php');
2773 } else if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
2774 throw new moodle_exception('forcepasswordchangenotice');
2776 throw new moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
2780 // Check that the user account is properly set up. If we can't redirect to
2781 // edit their profile and this is not a WS request, perform just the lax check.
2782 // It will allow them to use filepicker on the profile edit page.
2784 if ($preventredirect && !WS_SERVER
) {
2785 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, false);
2787 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, true);
2790 if ($usernotfullysetup) {
2791 if ($preventredirect) {
2792 throw new moodle_exception('usernotfullysetup');
2794 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2795 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2797 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id
.'&course='. SITEID
);
2800 // Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection.
2803 if (\core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2804 // During a "logged in as" session we should force all content to be cleaned because the
2805 // logged in user will be viewing potentially malicious user generated content.
2806 // See MDL-63786 for more details.
2807 $CFG->forceclean
= true;
2810 $afterlogins = get_plugins_with_function('after_require_login', 'lib.php');
2812 // Do not bother admins with any formalities, except for activities pending deletion.
2813 if (is_siteadmin() && !($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress
)) {
2814 // Set the global $COURSE.
2816 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
2817 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2818 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2819 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2821 // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging.
2822 // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
2823 if (!WS_SERVER
&& !AJAX_SCRIPT
) {
2824 user_accesstime_log($course->id
);
2827 foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) {
2828 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
2829 $pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
2835 // Scripts have a chance to declare that $USER->policyagreed should not be checked.
2836 // This is mostly for places where users are actually accepting the policies, to avoid the redirect loop.
2837 if (!defined('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK')) {
2838 define('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK', false);
2841 // Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins.
2842 // Do not test if the script explicitly asked for skipping the site policies check.
2843 if (!$USER->policyagreed
&& !is_siteadmin() && !NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK
) {
2844 $manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\
manager();
2845 if ($policyurl = $manager->get_redirect_url(isguestuser())) {
2846 if ($preventredirect) {
2847 throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $policyurl->out());
2849 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2850 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2852 redirect($policyurl);
2856 // Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts.
2857 $sysctx = context_system
::instance();
2858 $coursecontext = context_course
::instance($course->id
, MUST_EXIST
);
2860 $cmcontext = context_module
::instance($cm->id
, MUST_EXIST
);
2865 // If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message.
2866 if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled
) and !has_capability('moodle/site:maintenanceaccess', $sysctx)) {
2867 if ($preventredirect) {
2868 throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress');
2870 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2871 print_maintenance_message();
2874 // Make sure the course itself is not hidden.
2875 if ($course->id
== SITEID
) {
2876 // Frontpage can not be hidden.
2878 if (is_role_switched($course->id
)) {
2879 // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch.
2881 if (!$course->visible
and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) {
2882 // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries
2883 // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-).
2884 if ($preventredirect) {
2885 throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden');
2887 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2888 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
2889 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
2890 navigation_node
::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
2891 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot
.'/');
2896 // Is the user enrolled?
2897 if ($course->id
== SITEID
) {
2898 // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage.
2900 if (\core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2901 // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first.
2902 $realuser = \core\session\manager
::get_realuser();
2903 if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id
, '', true) and
2904 !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id
) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id
)) {
2905 if ($preventredirect) {
2906 throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access');
2908 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2909 echo $OUTPUT->header();
2910 notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot
.'/');
2916 if (is_role_switched($course->id
)) {
2917 // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch.
2920 } else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) {
2921 // Ok, no need to mess with enrol.
2925 if (isset($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
])) {
2926 if ($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] > time()) {
2928 if (isset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
])) {
2929 unset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
]);
2930 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2934 unset($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
]);
2937 if (isset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
])) {
2938 if ($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] == 0) {
2940 } else if ($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] > time()) {
2944 unset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
]);
2945 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2951 $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid
, $USER->id
);
2952 if ($until !== false) {
2953 // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2955 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP
;
2957 $USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] = $until;
2960 } else if (core_course_category
::can_view_course_info($course)) {
2961 $params = array('courseid' => $course->id
, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED
);
2962 $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC');
2963 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
2964 // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user.
2965 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2966 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol
])) {
2969 // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2970 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol
]->try_autoenrol($instance);
2971 if ($until !== false) {
2973 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP
;
2975 $USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] = $until;
2980 // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access.
2982 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2983 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol
])) {
2986 // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false.
2987 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol
]->try_guestaccess($instance);
2988 if ($until !== false and $until > time()) {
2989 $USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] = $until;
2996 // User is not enrolled and is not allowed to browse courses here.
2997 if ($preventredirect) {
2998 throw new require_login_exception('Course is not available');
3000 $PAGE->set_context(null);
3001 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
3002 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
3003 navigation_node
::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
3004 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot
.'/');
3010 if ($preventredirect) {
3011 throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled');
3013 if ($setwantsurltome) {
3014 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
3016 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id
);
3020 // Check whether the activity has been scheduled for deletion. If so, then deny access, even for admins.
3021 if ($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress
) {
3022 if ($preventredirect) {
3023 throw new moodle_exception('activityisscheduledfordeletion');
3025 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/course/lib.php');
3026 redirect(course_get_url($course), get_string('activityisscheduledfordeletion', 'error'));
3029 // Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc.
3030 if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible
) {
3031 if ($preventredirect) {
3032 throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden');
3034 // Get the error message that activity is not available and why (if explanation can be shown to the user).
3035 $PAGE->set_course($course);
3036 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('course');
3037 $message = $renderer->course_section_cm_unavailable_error_message($cm);
3038 redirect(course_get_url($course), $message, null, \core\output\notification
::NOTIFY_ERROR
);
3041 // Set the global $COURSE.
3043 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
3044 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
3045 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
3046 $PAGE->set_course($course);
3049 foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) {
3050 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
3051 $pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3055 // Finally access granted, update lastaccess times.
3056 // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
3057 if (!WS_SERVER
&& !AJAX_SCRIPT
) {
3058 user_accesstime_log($course->id
);
3063 * A convenience function for where we must be logged in as admin
3066 function require_admin() {
3067 require_login(null, false);
3068 require_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system
::instance());
3072 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out.
3074 * @package core_access
3077 function require_logout() {
3080 if (!isloggedin()) {
3081 // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here.
3082 \core\session\manager
::terminate_current();
3086 // Execute hooks before action.
3087 $authplugins = array();
3088 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
3089 foreach ($authsequence as $authname) {
3090 $authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname);
3091 $authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook();
3094 // Store info that gets removed during logout.
3095 $sid = session_id();
3096 $event = \core\event\user_loggedout
::create(
3098 'userid' => $USER->id
,
3099 'objectid' => $USER->id
,
3100 'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid),
3103 if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) {
3104 $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session);
3107 // Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins.
3108 $user = fullclone($USER);
3110 // Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content.
3111 \core\session\manager
::terminate_current();
3113 // Trigger event AFTER action.
3116 // Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger.
3117 foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) {
3118 $authplugin->postlogout_hook($user);
3123 * Weaker version of require_login()
3125 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login
3126 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless
3127 * the forcelogin option is turned on.
3128 * @see require_login()
3130 * @package core_access
3133 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question
3134 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
3135 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known
3136 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
3137 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
3138 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
3139 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
3141 * @throws coding_exception
3143 function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
3144 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
3145 $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id
== SITEID
)
3146 or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID
));
3147 if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info
)) {
3148 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
3149 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
3150 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
3151 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
3152 $course = $courseorid;
3154 $course = clone($SITE);
3156 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
3157 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id
);
3159 if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin
)) {
3160 // Login required for both SITE and courses.
3161 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3163 } else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible
) {
3164 // Always login for hidden activities.
3165 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3167 } else if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser()) {
3168 // User is already logged in. Make sure the login is complete (user is fully setup, policies agreed).
3169 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3171 } else if ($issite) {
3172 // Login for SITE not required.
3173 // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly.
3174 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
3175 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
3176 $course = $courseorid;
3178 $course = clone $SITE;
3181 if ($cm->course
!= $course->id
) {
3182 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!');
3184 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
3185 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
3187 $PAGE->set_course($course);
3190 // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now.
3191 $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course
);
3193 // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
3194 if (!WS_SERVER
&& !AJAX_SCRIPT
) {
3195 user_accesstime_log(SITEID
);
3200 // Course login always required.
3201 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3206 * Validates a user key, checking if the key exists, is not expired and the remote ip is correct.
3208 * @param string $keyvalue the key value
3209 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3210 * @param int $instance instance id
3211 * @return stdClass the key entry in the user_private_key table
3213 * @throws moodle_exception
3215 function validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance) {
3218 if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) {
3219 print_error('invalidkey');
3222 if (!empty($key->validuntil
) and $key->validuntil
< time()) {
3223 print_error('expiredkey');
3226 if ($key->iprestriction
) {
3227 $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null);
3228 if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction
)) {
3229 print_error('ipmismatch');
3236 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect.
3238 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
3239 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
3240 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3241 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3242 * @param string $keyvalue The key. If not supplied, this will be fetched from the current session.
3243 * @return int Instance ID
3245 function require_user_key_login($script, $instance = null, $keyvalue = null) {
3248 if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
) {
3249 print_error('sessioncookiesdisable');
3253 \core\session\manager
::write_close();
3255 if (null === $keyvalue) {
3256 $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM
);
3259 $key = validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance);
3261 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid
))) {
3262 print_error('invaliduserid');
3265 core_user
::require_active_user($user, true, true);
3267 // Emulate normal session.
3268 enrol_check_plugins($user);
3269 \core\session\manager
::set_user($user);
3271 // Note we are not using normal login.
3272 if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) {
3273 define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true);
3276 // Return instance id - it might be empty.
3277 return $key->instance
;
3281 * Creates a new private user access key.
3283 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3284 * @param int $userid
3285 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3286 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3287 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given data
3288 * @return string access key value
3290 function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3293 $key = new stdClass();
3294 $key->script
= $script;
3295 $key->userid
= $userid;
3296 $key->instance
= $instance;
3297 $key->iprestriction
= $iprestriction;
3298 $key->validuntil
= $validuntil;
3299 $key->timecreated
= time();
3301 // Something long and unique.
3302 $key->value
= md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3303 while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value
))) {
3305 $key->value
= md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3307 $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key);
3312 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script.
3314 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3315 * @param int $userid
3318 function delete_user_key($script, $userid) {
3320 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid));
3324 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist).
3326 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3327 * @param int $userid
3328 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3329 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3330 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given date
3331 * @return string access key value
3333 function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3336 if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid,
3337 'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction,
3338 'validuntil' => $validuntil))) {
3341 return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil);
3347 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now.
3349 * @return bool Always returns true
3351 function update_user_login_times() {
3354 if (isguestuser()) {
3355 // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance.
3361 $user = new stdClass();
3362 $user->id
= $USER->id
;
3364 // Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess.
3365 if ($USER->firstaccess
== 0) {
3366 $USER->firstaccess
= $user->firstaccess
= $now;
3369 // Store the previous current as lastlogin.
3370 $USER->lastlogin
= $user->lastlogin
= $USER->currentlogin
;
3372 $USER->currentlogin
= $user->currentlogin
= $now;
3374 // Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here.
3375 $USER->lastaccess
= $user->lastaccess
= $now;
3376 $USER->lastip
= $user->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
3378 // Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process,
3379 // the login event means that these fields were updated.
3380 $DB->update_record('user', $user);
3385 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account.
3387 * The lax mode (with $strict = false) has been introduced for special cases
3388 * only where we want to skip certain checks intentionally. This is valid in
3389 * certain mnet or ajax scenarios when the user cannot / should not be
3390 * redirected to edit their profile. In most cases, you should perform the
3393 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email
3394 * @param bool $strict Be more strict and assert id and custom profile fields set, too
3397 function user_not_fully_set_up($user, $strict = true) {
3399 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3401 if (isguestuser($user)) {
3405 if (empty($user->firstname
) or empty($user->lastname
) or empty($user->email
) or over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
3410 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3411 // Strict mode can be used with existing accounts only.
3414 if (!profile_has_required_custom_fields_set($user->id
)) {
3423 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold
3425 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
3426 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold
3428 function over_bounce_threshold($user) {
3431 if (empty($CFG->handlebounces
)) {
3435 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3436 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3440 // Set sensible defaults.
3441 if (empty($CFG->minbounces
)) {
3442 $CFG->minbounces
= 10;
3444 if (empty($CFG->bounceratio
)) {
3445 $CFG->bounceratio
= .20;
3449 if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3450 $bouncecount = $bounce->value
;
3452 if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3453 $sendcount = $send->value
;
3455 return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces
&& $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio
);
3459 * Used to increment or reset email sent count
3461 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3462 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3465 function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) {
3468 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3469 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3473 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3474 $pref->value
= (!empty($reset)) ?
0 : $pref->value+
1;
3475 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3476 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3477 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3478 $pref = new stdClass();
3479 $pref->name
= 'email_send_count';
3481 $pref->userid
= $user->id
;
3482 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3487 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count
3489 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3490 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3492 function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) {
3495 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3496 $pref->value
= (!empty($reset)) ?
0 : $pref->value+
1;
3497 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3498 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3499 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3500 $pref = new stdClass();
3501 $pref->name
= 'email_bounce_count';
3503 $pref->userid
= $user->id
;
3504 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3509 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
3511 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
3514 function ismoving($courseid) {
3517 if (!empty($USER->activitycopy
)) {
3518 return ($USER->activitycopycourse
== $courseid);
3524 * Returns a persons full name
3526 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person.
3527 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force the alternativefullnameformat to be used. In
3528 * English, fullname as well as alternativefullnameformat is set to 'firstname lastname' by default. But you could have
3529 * fullname set to 'firstname lastname' and alternativefullnameformat set to 'firstname middlename alternatename lastname'.
3531 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of.
3532 * @param bool $override If true then the alternativefullnameformat format rather than fullnamedisplay format will be used.
3535 function fullname($user, $override=false) {
3536 global $CFG, $SESSION;
3538 if (!isset($user->firstname
) and !isset($user->lastname
)) {
3542 // Get all of the name fields.
3543 $allnames = get_all_user_name_fields();
3544 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
) {
3545 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3546 if (!property_exists($user, $allname)) {
3547 // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed.
3548 debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
3549 // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times.
3556 if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname
)) {
3557 $user->firstname
= $CFG->forcefirstname
;
3559 if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname
)) {
3560 $user->lastname
= $CFG->forcelastname
;
3564 if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay
)) {
3565 $CFG->fullnamedisplay
= $SESSION->fullnamedisplay
;
3569 // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that.
3570 if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay
)) {
3571 $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay
;
3573 // If the template is empty, or set to language, return the language string.
3574 if ((empty($template) ||
$template == 'language') && !$override) {
3575 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3578 // Check to see if we are displaying according to the alternative full name format.
3580 if (empty($CFG->alternativefullnameformat
) ||
$CFG->alternativefullnameformat
== 'language') {
3581 // Default to show just the user names according to the fullnamedisplay string.
3582 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3584 // If the override is true, then change the template to use the complete name.
3585 $template = $CFG->alternativefullnameformat
;
3589 $requirednames = array();
3590 // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is.
3591 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3592 if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) {
3593 $requirednames[] = $allname;
3597 $displayname = $template;
3598 // Switch in the actual data into the template.
3599 foreach ($requirednames as $altname) {
3600 if (isset($user->$altname)) {
3601 // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages.
3602 if ((string)$user->$altname == '') {
3603 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3605 $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname);
3608 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3611 // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters).
3612 // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or
3613 // katakana and parenthesis.
3614 $patterns = array();
3615 // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been
3616 // filled in by a user.
3617 // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:).
3618 $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u';
3619 // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name.
3620 $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u';
3621 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
3622 $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname);
3625 // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces.
3626 $displayname = trim($displayname);
3627 if (empty($displayname)) {
3628 // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what
3629 // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on.
3630 $displayname = $user->firstname
;
3632 return $displayname;
3636 * A centralised location for the all name fields. Returns an array / sql string snippet.
3638 * @param bool $returnsql True for an sql select field snippet.
3639 * @param string $tableprefix table query prefix to use in front of each field.
3640 * @param string $prefix prefix added to the name fields e.g. authorfirstname.
3641 * @param string $fieldprefix sql field prefix e.g. id AS userid.
3642 * @param bool $order moves firstname and lastname to the top of the array / start of the string.
3643 * @return array|string All name fields.
3645 function get_all_user_name_fields($returnsql = false, $tableprefix = null, $prefix = null, $fieldprefix = null, $order = false) {
3646 // This array is provided in this order because when called by fullname() (above) if firstname is before
3647 // firstnamephonetic str_replace() will change the wrong placeholder.
3648 $alternatenames = array('firstnamephonetic' => 'firstnamephonetic',
3649 'lastnamephonetic' => 'lastnamephonetic',
3650 'middlename' => 'middlename',
3651 'alternatename' => 'alternatename',
3652 'firstname' => 'firstname',
3653 'lastname' => 'lastname');
3655 // Let's add a prefix to the array of user name fields if provided.
3657 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3658 $alternatenames[$key] = $prefix . $altname;
3662 // If we want the end result to have firstname and lastname at the front / top of the result.
3664 // Move the last two elements (firstname, lastname) off the array and put them at the top.
3665 for ($i = 0; $i < 2; $i++
) {
3666 // Get the last element.
3667 $lastelement = end($alternatenames);
3668 // Remove it from the array.
3669 unset($alternatenames[$lastelement]);
3670 // Put the element back on the top of the array.
3671 $alternatenames = array_merge(array($lastelement => $lastelement), $alternatenames);
3675 // Create an sql field snippet if requested.
3679 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3680 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname . ' AS ' . $fieldprefix . $altname;
3683 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3684 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname;
3688 $alternatenames = implode(',', $alternatenames);
3690 return $alternatenames;
3694 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields.
3696 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()}
3698 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to.
3699 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information.
3700 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname.
3701 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object.
3702 * The key can be set to the user table field name.
3703 * @return object User name fields.
3705 function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) {
3706 $fields = get_all_user_name_fields(false, null, $prefix);
3707 if ($additionalfields) {
3708 // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if
3709 // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value.
3710 foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) {
3711 if (is_numeric($key)) {
3712 $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value;
3713 unset($additionalfields[$key]);
3715 $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value;
3718 $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields);
3720 foreach ($fields as $key => $field) {
3721 // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back.
3722 $addtoobject->$key = '';
3723 if (isset($secondobject->$field)) {
3724 $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field;
3727 return $addtoobject;
3731 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string.
3732 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string.
3734 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format
3735 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for.
3736 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format.
3738 function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) {
3739 $valuearray = array();
3740 foreach ($values as $value) {
3741 $pattern = "/$value\b/";
3742 // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic.
3743 if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) {
3744 $replacement = "thing";
3745 // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos().
3746 $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat);
3747 $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement);
3748 $valuearray[$position] = $value;
3756 * Checks if current user is shown any extra fields when listing users.
3758 * @param object $context Context
3759 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to show anyway
3760 * so don't bother listing them
3761 * @return array Array of field names from user table, not including anything
3762 * listed in $already
3764 function get_extra_user_fields($context, $already = array()) {
3767 // Only users with permission get the extra fields.
3768 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:viewuseridentity', $context)) {
3772 // Split showuseridentity on comma (filter needed in case the showuseridentity is empty).
3773 $extra = array_filter(explode(',', $CFG->showuseridentity
));
3775 foreach ($extra as $key => $field) {
3776 if (in_array($field, $already)) {
3777 unset($extra[$key]);
3781 // If the identity fields are also among hidden fields, make sure the user can see them.
3782 $hiddenfields = array_filter(explode(',', $CFG->hiddenuserfields
));
3783 $hiddenidentifiers = array_intersect($extra, $hiddenfields);
3785 if ($hiddenidentifiers) {
3786 if ($context->get_course_context(false)) {
3787 // We are somewhere inside a course.
3788 $canviewhiddenuserfields = has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddenuserfields', $context);
3791 // We are not inside a course.
3792 $canviewhiddenuserfields = has_capability('moodle/user:viewhiddendetails', $context);
3795 if (!$canviewhiddenuserfields) {
3796 // Remove hidden identifiers from the list.
3797 $extra = array_diff($extra, $hiddenidentifiers);
3801 // Re-index the entries.
3802 $extra = array_values($extra);
3808 * If the current user is to be shown extra user fields when listing or
3809 * selecting users, returns a string suitable for including in an SQL select
3810 * clause to retrieve those fields.
3812 * @param context $context Context
3813 * @param string $alias Alias of user table, e.g. 'u' (default none)
3814 * @param string $prefix Prefix for field names using AS, e.g. 'u_' (default none)
3815 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to include anyway so don't list them (default none)
3816 * @return string Partial SQL select clause, beginning with comma, for example ',u.idnumber,u.department' unless it is blank
3818 function get_extra_user_fields_sql($context, $alias='', $prefix='', $already = array()) {
3819 $fields = get_extra_user_fields($context, $already);
3821 // Add punctuation for alias.
3822 if ($alias !== '') {
3825 foreach ($fields as $field) {
3826 $result .= ', ' . $alias . $field;
3828 $result .= ' AS ' . $prefix . $field;
3835 * Returns the display name of a field in the user table. Works for most fields that are commonly displayed to users.
3836 * @param string $field Field name, e.g. 'phone1'
3837 * @return string Text description taken from language file, e.g. 'Phone number'
3839 function get_user_field_name($field) {
3840 // Some fields have language strings which are not the same as field name.
3843 return get_string('webpage');
3846 return get_string('icqnumber');
3849 return get_string('skypeid');
3852 return get_string('aimid');
3855 return get_string('yahooid');
3858 return get_string('msnid');
3861 return get_string('pictureofuser');
3864 // Otherwise just use the same lang string.
3865 return get_string($field);
3869 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists.
3871 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}.
3872 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available.
3874 function exists_auth_plugin($auth) {
3877 if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) {
3878 return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3884 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins.
3886 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin.
3887 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled.
3889 function is_enabled_auth($auth) {
3894 $enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
3896 return in_array($auth, $enabled);
3900 * Returns an authentication plugin instance.
3902 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin
3903 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin.
3905 function get_auth_plugin($auth) {
3908 // Check the plugin exists first.
3909 if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) {
3910 print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
3913 // Return auth plugin instance.
3914 require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3915 $class = "auth_plugin_$auth";
3920 * Returns array of active auth plugins.
3922 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed. Only set if logged in as admin.
3925 function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) {
3928 $default = array('manual', 'nologin');
3930 if (empty($CFG->auth
)) {
3933 $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth
);
3936 $auths = array_unique($auths);
3937 $oldauthconfig = implode(',', $auths);
3938 foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) {
3939 if (in_array($authname, $default)) {
3940 // The manual and nologin plugin never need to be stored.
3942 } else if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname)) {
3943 debugging(get_string('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', $authname));
3948 // Ideally only explicit interaction from a human admin should trigger a
3949 // change in auth config, see MDL-70424 for details.
3951 $newconfig = implode(',', $auths);
3952 if (!isset($CFG->auth
) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth
) {
3953 set_config('auth', $newconfig);
3957 return (array_merge($default, $auths));
3961 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
3962 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed
3964 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3967 function is_internal_auth($auth) {
3968 // Throws error if bad $auth.
3969 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3970 return $authplugin->is_internal();
3974 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one.
3976 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password
3978 * @param string $username username to be checked
3981 function is_restored_user($username) {
3984 return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'password' => 'restored'));
3988 * Returns an array of user fields
3990 * @return array User field/column names
3992 function get_user_fieldnames() {
3995 $fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user');
3996 unset($fieldarray['id']);
3997 $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray);
4003 * Returns the string of the language for the new user.
4005 * @return string language for the new user
4007 function get_newuser_language() {
4008 global $CFG, $SESSION;
4009 return (!empty($CFG->autolangusercreation
) && !empty($SESSION->lang
)) ?
$SESSION->lang
: $CFG->lang
;
4013 * Creates a bare-bones user record
4015 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example
4017 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record
4018 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record
4019 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
4020 * @return stdClass A complete user object
4022 function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') {
4023 global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION;
4024 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
4025 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
4027 // Just in case check text case.
4028 $username = trim(core_text
::strtolower($username));
4030 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
4031 $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
4032 $newuser = new stdClass();
4033 if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) {
4034 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
4035 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
4036 if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields
) ||
(in_array($key, $customfields))) {
4037 $newuser->$key = $value;
4042 if (!empty($newuser->email
)) {
4043 if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email
)) {
4044 unset($newuser->email
);
4048 if (!isset($newuser->city
)) {
4049 $newuser->city
= '';
4052 $newuser->auth
= $auth;
4053 $newuser->username
= $username;
4056 // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty
4057 // or $user->lang is not an installed language.
4058 if (empty($newuser->lang
) ||
!get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang
)) {
4059 $newuser->lang
= get_newuser_language();
4061 $newuser->confirmed
= 1;
4062 $newuser->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
4063 $newuser->timecreated
= time();
4064 $newuser->timemodified
= $newuser->timecreated
;
4065 $newuser->mnethostid
= $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
;
4067 $newuser->id
= user_create_user($newuser, false, false);
4069 // Save user profile data.
4070 profile_save_data($newuser);
4072 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id
);
4073 if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth
.'_forcechangepassword'})) {
4074 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
4076 // Set the password.
4077 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4080 \core\event\user_created
::create_from_userid($newuser->id
)->trigger();
4086 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
4088 * @param string $username user's username to update the record
4089 * @return stdClass A complete user object
4091 function update_user_record($username) {
4093 // Just in case check text case.
4094 $username = trim(core_text
::strtolower($username));
4096 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4097 return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id
);
4101 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
4103 * @param int $id user id
4104 * @return stdClass A complete user object
4106 function update_user_record_by_id($id) {
4108 require_once($CFG->dirroot
."/user/profile/lib.php");
4109 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
4111 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0);
4112 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4115 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth
);
4117 if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username
)) {
4118 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
4119 $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
4121 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
4122 $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields);
4124 $key = strtolower($key);
4126 if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id'
4127 or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') {
4128 // Unknown or must not be changed.
4131 if (empty($userauth->config
->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}) ||
empty($userauth->config
->{'field_lock_' . $key})) {
4134 $confval = $userauth->config
->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key};
4135 $lockval = $userauth->config
->{'field_lock_' . $key};
4136 if ($confval === 'onlogin') {
4137 // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with
4138 // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose
4139 // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill
4140 // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving
4141 // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value
4142 // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field.
4143 if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) {
4144 if ($iscustom ||
(in_array($key, $userauth->userfields
) &&
4145 ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) {
4146 $newuser[$key] = (string)$value;
4152 $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id
;
4153 $newuser['timemodified'] = time();
4154 user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false);
4156 // Save user profile data.
4157 profile_save_data((object) $newuser);
4160 \core\event\user_updated
::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger();
4164 return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id
);
4168 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields.
4170 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed
4171 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in
4173 function truncate_userinfo(array $info) {
4174 // Define the limits.
4184 'institution' => 255,
4185 'department' => 255,
4192 // Apply where needed.
4193 foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) {
4194 if (!empty($limit[$key])) {
4195 $info[$key] = trim(core_text
::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key]));
4203 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin.
4204 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup.
4206 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event.
4208 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete
4209 * @return boolean success
4210 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected
4212 function delete_user(stdClass
$user) {
4213 global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION;
4214 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/grouplib.php');
4215 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
4216 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/message/lib.php');
4217 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
4219 // Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter.
4220 if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) {
4221 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected');
4224 // Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway.
4225 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id
))) {
4226 debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.');
4230 // There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only,
4231 // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons.
4232 if ($user->username
=== 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) {
4233 debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.');
4237 // Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only,
4238 // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins.
4239 if ($user->auth
=== 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) {
4240 debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.');
4244 // Allow plugins to use this user object before we completely delete it.
4245 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_user_delete')) {
4246 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
4247 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
4248 $pluginfunction($user);
4253 // Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event.
4254 $olduser = clone $user;
4256 // Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event.
4257 $usercontext = context_user
::instance($user->id
);
4259 // Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table.
4260 grade_user_delete($user->id
);
4262 // TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here.
4264 // Remove user tags.
4265 core_tag_tag
::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'user', $user->id
);
4267 // Unconditionally unenrol from all courses.
4268 enrol_user_delete($user);
4270 // Unenrol from all roles in all contexts.
4271 // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup!
4272 role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id
));
4274 // Notify the competency subsystem.
4275 \core_competency\api
::hook_user_deleted($user->id
);
4277 // Now do a brute force cleanup.
4279 // Delete all user events and subscription events.
4280 $DB->delete_records_select('event', 'userid = :userid AND subscriptionid IS NOT NULL', ['userid' => $user->id
]);
4282 // Now, delete all calendar subscription from the user.
4283 $DB->delete_records('event_subscriptions', ['userid' => $user->id
]);
4285 // Remove from all cohorts.
4286 $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4288 // Remove from all groups.
4289 $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4291 // Brute force unenrol from all courses.
4292 $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4294 // Purge user preferences.
4295 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4297 // Purge user extra profile info.
4298 $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4300 // Purge log of previous password hashes.
4301 $DB->delete_records('user_password_history', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4303 // Last course access not necessary either.
4304 $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4305 // Remove all user tokens.
4306 $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4308 // Unauthorise the user for all services.
4309 $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4311 // Remove users private keys.
4312 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4314 // Remove users customised pages.
4315 $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'private' => 1));
4317 // Remove user's oauth2 refresh tokens, if present.
4318 $DB->delete_records('oauth2_refresh_token', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4320 // Delete user from $SESSION->bulk_users.
4321 if (isset($SESSION->bulk_users
[$user->id
])) {
4322 unset($SESSION->bulk_users
[$user->id
]);
4325 // Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry.
4326 \core\session\manager
::kill_user_sessions($user->id
);
4328 // Generate username from email address, or a fake email.
4329 $delemail = !empty($user->email
) ?
$user->email
: $user->username
. '.' . $user->id
. '@unknownemail.invalid';
4332 $deltimelength = core_text
::strlen((string) $deltime);
4334 // Max username length is 100 chars. Select up to limit - (length of current time + 1 [period character]) from users email.
4335 $delname = clean_param($delemail, PARAM_USERNAME
);
4336 $delname = core_text
::substr($delname, 0, 100 - ($deltimelength +
1)) . ".{$deltime}";
4338 // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address.
4339 while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here.
4343 // Mark internal user record as "deleted".
4344 $updateuser = new stdClass();
4345 $updateuser->id
= $user->id
;
4346 $updateuser->deleted
= 1;
4347 $updateuser->username
= $delname; // Remember it just in case.
4348 $updateuser->email
= md5($user->username
);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users.
4349 $updateuser->idnumber
= ''; // Clear this field to free it up.
4350 $updateuser->picture
= 0;
4351 $updateuser->timemodified
= $deltime;
4353 // Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted.
4354 user_update_user($updateuser, false, false);
4356 // Delete all content associated with the user context, but not the context itself.
4357 $usercontext->delete_content();
4359 // Delete any search data.
4360 \core_search\manager
::context_deleted($usercontext);
4362 // Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event.
4364 $event = \core\event\user_deleted
::create(
4366 'objectid' => $user->id
,
4367 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
4368 'context' => $usercontext,
4370 'username' => $user->username
,
4371 'email' => $user->email
,
4372 'idnumber' => $user->idnumber
,
4373 'picture' => $user->picture
,
4374 'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid
4378 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser);
4381 // We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which
4382 // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table.
4383 $user->timemodified
= $updateuser->timemodified
;
4385 // Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails.
4386 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4387 $authplugin->user_delete($user);
4393 * Retrieve the guest user object.
4395 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object
4397 function guest_user() {
4400 if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest
))) {
4401 $newuser->confirmed
= 1;
4402 $newuser->lang
= get_newuser_language();
4403 $newuser->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
4410 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism
4412 * Given a username and password, this function looks them
4413 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism,
4414 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a
4415 * valid $user object from the 'user' table.
4417 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
4419 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to
4420 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set
4423 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts!
4425 * @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled)
4426 * @param string $password User's password
4427 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO
4428 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists)
4429 * @param mixed logintoken If this is set to a string it is validated against the login token for the session.
4430 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error
4432 function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null, $logintoken=false) {
4433 global $CFG, $DB, $PAGE;
4434 require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php");
4436 if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
)) {
4437 // we have found the user
4439 } else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail
)) {
4440 if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL
)) {
4441 $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0";
4442 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'email' => $email);
4443 $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2);
4444 if (count($users) === 1) {
4445 // Use email for login only if unique.
4446 $user = reset($users);
4447 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id
);
4448 $username = $user->username
;
4454 // Make sure this request came from the login form.
4455 if (!\core\session\manager
::validate_login_token($logintoken)) {
4456 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED
;
4458 // Trigger login failed event (specifying the ID of the found user, if available).
4459 \core\event\user_login_failed
::create([
4460 'userid' => ($user->id ??
0),
4462 'username' => $username,
4463 'reason' => $failurereason,
4467 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Invalid Login Token: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4471 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
4474 // Use manual if auth not set.
4475 $auth = empty($user->auth
) ?
'manual' : $user->auth
;
4477 if (in_array($user->auth
, $authsenabled)) {
4478 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4479 $authplugin->pre_user_login_hook($user);
4482 if (!empty($user->suspended
)) {
4483 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4485 // Trigger login failed event.
4486 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4487 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4489 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4492 if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) {
4493 // Legacy way to suspend user.
4494 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4496 // Trigger login failed event.
4497 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4498 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4500 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4503 $auths = array($auth);
4506 // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user().
4507 if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'deleted' => 1))) {
4508 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4510 // Trigger login failed event.
4511 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4512 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4514 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4518 // User does not exist.
4519 $auths = $authsenabled;
4520 $user = new stdClass();
4524 if ($ignorelockout) {
4525 // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA
4526 // or this function is called from a SSO script.
4527 } else if ($user->id
) {
4528 // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login.
4529 if (login_is_lockedout($user)) {
4530 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT
;
4532 // Trigger login failed event.
4533 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4534 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4537 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4541 // We can not lockout non-existing accounts.
4544 foreach ($auths as $auth) {
4545 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
4547 // On auth fail fall through to the next plugin.
4548 if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) {
4552 // Before performing login actions, check if user still passes password policy, if admin setting is enabled.
4553 if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicycheckonlogin
)) {
4555 $passed = check_password_policy($password, $errmsg, $user);
4557 // First trigger event for failure.
4558 $failedevent = \core\event\user_password_policy_failed
::create_from_user($user);
4559 $failedevent->trigger();
4561 // If able to change password, set flag and move on.
4562 if ($authplugin->can_change_password()) {
4563 // Check if we are on internal change password page, or service is external, don't show notification.
4564 $internalchangeurl = new moodle_url('/login/change_password.php');
4565 if (!($PAGE->has_set_url() && $internalchangeurl->compare($PAGE->url
)) && $authplugin->is_internal()) {
4566 \core\notification
::error(get_string('passwordpolicynomatch', '', $errmsg));
4568 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
4569 } else if ($authplugin->can_reset_password()) {
4570 // Else force a reset if possible.
4571 \core\notification
::error(get_string('forcepasswordresetnotice', '', $errmsg));
4572 redirect(new moodle_url('/login/forgot_password.php'));
4574 $notifymsg = get_string('forcepasswordresetfailurenotice', '', $errmsg);
4575 // If support page is set, add link for help.
4576 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage
)) {
4577 $link = \html_writer
::link($CFG->supportpage
, $CFG->supportpage
);
4578 $link = \html_writer
::tag('p', $link);
4579 $notifymsg .= $link;
4582 // If no change or reset is possible, add a notification for user.
4583 \core\notification
::error($notifymsg);
4588 // Successful authentication.
4590 // User already exists in database.
4591 if (empty($user->auth
)) {
4592 // For some reason auth isn't set yet.
4593 $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id
));
4594 $user->auth
= $auth;
4597 // If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to
4598 // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4599 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4601 if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) {
4602 // Update user record from external DB.
4603 $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id
);
4606 // The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled.
4607 if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation
)) {
4608 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED
;
4610 // Trigger login failed event.
4611 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4612 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4615 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ".
4616 $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4619 $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth);
4623 $authplugin->sync_roles($user);
4625 foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) {
4626 $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau);
4627 $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password);
4630 if (empty($user->id
)) {
4631 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4632 // Trigger login failed event.
4633 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4634 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4639 if (!empty($user->suspended
)) {
4640 // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account.
4641 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4642 // Trigger login failed event.
4643 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4644 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4646 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4650 login_attempt_valid($user);
4651 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK
;
4655 // Failed if all the plugins have failed.
4656 if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL
)) {
4657 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4661 login_attempt_failed($user);
4662 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED
;
4663 // Trigger login failed event.
4664 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4665 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4668 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4669 // Trigger login failed event.
4670 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4671 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4679 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login()
4680 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits
4684 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log.
4685 * - this function does not set any cookies any more!
4687 * @param stdClass $user
4688 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use
4690 function complete_user_login($user) {
4691 global $CFG, $DB, $USER, $SESSION;
4693 \core\session\manager
::login_user($user);
4695 // Reload preferences from DB.
4696 unset($USER->preference
);
4697 check_user_preferences_loaded($USER);
4699 // Update login times.
4700 update_user_login_times();
4702 // Extra session prefs init.
4703 set_login_session_preferences();
4705 // Trigger login event.
4706 $event = \core\event\user_loggedin
::create(
4708 'userid' => $USER->id
,
4709 'objectid' => $USER->id
,
4710 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username
),
4715 // Queue migrating the messaging data, if we need to.
4716 if (!get_user_preferences('core_message_migrate_data', false, $USER->id
)) {
4717 // Check if there are any legacy messages to migrate.
4718 if (\core_message\helper
::legacy_messages_exist($USER->id
)) {
4719 \core_message\task\migrate_message_data
::queue_task($USER->id
);
4721 set_user_preference('core_message_migrate_data', true, $USER->id
);
4725 if (isguestuser()) {
4726 // No need to continue when user is THE guest.
4731 // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser.
4735 // Select password change url.
4736 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth
);
4738 // Check whether the user should be changing password.
4739 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) {
4740 if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
4741 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
4742 redirect($changeurl);
4744 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/login/lib.php');
4745 $SESSION->wantsurl
= core_login_get_return_url();
4746 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php');
4749 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
4756 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5).
4758 * @param string $password String to check.
4759 * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum.
4761 function password_is_legacy_hash($password) {
4762 return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password);
4766 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid.
4768 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format.
4770 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated).
4771 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4772 * @return bool True if password is valid.
4774 function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) {
4777 if ($user->password
=== AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
) {
4778 // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate.
4782 // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function.
4783 if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password
)) {
4784 return password_verify($password, $user->password
);
4787 // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash
4788 // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm.
4790 $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain
) ?
$CFG->passwordsaltmain
: '';
4793 if ($user->password
=== md5($password.$sitesalt)
4794 or $user->password
=== md5($password)
4795 or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt)
4796 or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password))) {
4797 // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we
4798 // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes.
4802 for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++
) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right?
4803 $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i;
4804 if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) {
4805 if ($user->password
=== md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) {
4814 // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the
4815 // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4816 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4823 * Calculate hash for a plain text password.
4825 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed.
4826 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4827 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4828 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4829 * be generated quickly.
4830 * @return string The hashed password.
4832 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash.
4834 function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) {
4837 // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
4838 $options = ($fasthash) ?
array('cost' => 4) : array();
4840 $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT
, $options);
4842 if ($generatedhash === false ||
$generatedhash === null) {
4843 throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.');
4846 return $generatedhash;
4850 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary).
4852 * The password is updated if:
4853 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different
4854 * to the hash of $password).
4855 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy
4858 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database
4859 * record to use the current hashing algorithm.
4860 * It will remove Web Services user tokens too.
4862 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated).
4863 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4864 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4865 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4866 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4867 * be generated quickly.
4868 * @return bool Always returns true.
4870 function update_internal_user_password($user, $password, $fasthash = false) {
4873 // Figure out what the hashed password should be.
4874 if (!isset($user->auth
)) {
4875 debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth',
4877 $user->auth
= $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id
));
4879 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4880 if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) {
4881 $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
;
4883 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash);
4886 $algorithmchanged = false;
4888 if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
) {
4889 // Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED.
4890 $passwordchanged = ($user->password
!== $hashedpassword);
4892 } else if (isset($user->password
)) {
4893 // If verification fails then it means the password has changed.
4894 $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password
);
4895 $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password
, PASSWORD_DEFAULT
);
4897 // While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid
4898 // saving it with user_create()
4899 $passwordchanged = true;
4902 if ($passwordchanged ||
$algorithmchanged) {
4903 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id
));
4904 $user->password
= $hashedpassword;
4907 $user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id
));
4908 \core\event\user_password_updated
::create_from_user($user)->trigger();
4910 // Remove WS user tokens.
4911 if (!empty($CFG->passwordchangetokendeletion
)) {
4912 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/lib.php');
4913 webservice
::delete_user_ws_tokens($user->id
);
4921 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record.
4923 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable
4925 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value.
4926 * @param string $value The value to match for $field.
4927 * @param int $mnethostid
4928 * @param bool $throwexception If true, it will throw an exception when there's no record found or when there are multiple records
4929 * found. Otherwise, it will just return false.
4930 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object.
4932 function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null, $throwexception = false) {
4935 if (!$field ||
!$value) {
4939 // Change the field to lowercase.
4940 $field = core_text
::strtolower($field);
4942 // List of case insensitive fields.
4943 $caseinsensitivefields = ['email'];
4945 // Username input is forced to lowercase and should be case sensitive.
4946 if ($field == 'username') {
4947 $value = core_text
::strtolower($value);
4950 // Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query.
4951 $params = array('fieldval' => $value);
4953 // Do a case-insensitive query, if necessary. These are generally very expensive. The performance can be improved on some DBs
4954 // such as MySQL by pre-filtering users with accent-insensitive subselect.
4955 if (in_array($field, $caseinsensitivefields)) {
4956 $fieldselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval', false);
4957 $idsubselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval2', false, false);
4958 $params['fieldval2'] = $value;
4960 $fieldselect = "$field = :fieldval";
4963 $constraints = "$fieldselect AND deleted <> 1";
4965 // If we are loading user data based on anything other than id,
4966 // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host.
4967 if ($field != 'id') {
4968 if (empty($mnethostid)) {
4969 // If empty, we restrict to local users.
4970 $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
;
4973 if (!empty($mnethostid)) {
4974 $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid;
4975 $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid";
4979 $constraints .= " AND id IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE {$idsubselect})";
4982 // Get all the basic user data.
4984 // Make sure that there's only a single record that matches our query.
4985 // For example, when fetching by email, multiple records might match the query as there's no guarantee that email addresses
4986 // are unique. Therefore we can't reliably tell whether the user profile data that we're fetching is the correct one.
4987 $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params, '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4988 } catch (dml_exception
$exception) {
4989 if ($throwexception) {
4992 // Return false when no records or multiple records were found.
4997 // Get various settings and preferences.
4999 // Preload preference cache.
5000 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
5002 // Load course enrolment related stuff.
5003 $user->lastcourseaccess
= array(); // During last session.
5004 $user->currentcourseaccess
= array(); // During current session.
5005 if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id
))) {
5006 foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) {
5007 $user->lastcourseaccess
[$lastaccess->courseid
] = $lastaccess->timeaccess
;
5011 $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid
5012 FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm
5013 WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?";
5015 // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display.
5016 $user->groupmember
= array();
5017 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
5018 if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id
))) {
5019 foreach ($groups as $group) {
5020 if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid
, $user->groupmember
)) {
5021 $user->groupmember
[$group->courseid
] = array();
5023 $user->groupmember
[$group->courseid
][$group->id
] = $group->id
;
5028 // Add cohort theme.
5029 if (!empty($CFG->allowcohortthemes
)) {
5030 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/cohort/lib.php');
5031 if ($cohorttheme = cohort_get_user_cohort_theme($user->id
)) {
5032 $user->cohorttheme
= $cohorttheme;
5036 // Add the custom profile fields to the user record.
5037 $user->profile
= array();
5038 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
5039 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
5040 profile_load_custom_fields($user);
5043 // Rewrite some variables if necessary.
5044 if (!empty($user->description
)) {
5045 // No need to cart all of it around.
5046 $user->description
= true;
5048 if (isguestuser($user)) {
5049 // Guest language always same as site.
5050 $user->lang
= get_newuser_language();
5051 // Name always in current language.
5052 $user->firstname
= get_string('guestuser');
5053 $user->lastname
= ' ';
5060 * Validate a password against the configured password policy
5062 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
5063 * @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy.
5064 * @param stdClass $user the user object to perform password validation against. Defaults to null if not provided.
5066 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise.
5068 function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg, $user = null) {
5071 if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicy
)) {
5073 if (core_text
::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength
) {
5074 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength
) .'</div>';
5076 if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits
) {
5077 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits
) .'</div>';
5079 if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower
) {
5080 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower
) .'</div>';
5082 if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper
) {
5083 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper
) .'</div>';
5085 if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
) {
5086 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
) .'</div>';
5088 if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars
)) {
5089 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars
) .'</div>';
5092 // Fire any additional password policy functions from plugins.
5093 // Plugin functions should output an error message string or empty string for success.
5094 $pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('check_password_policy');
5095 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
5096 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
5097 $pluginerr = $pluginfunction($password, $user);
5099 $errmsg .= '<div>'. $pluginerr .'</div>';
5105 if ($errmsg == '') {
5114 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION.
5116 function set_login_session_preferences() {
5119 $SESSION->justloggedin
= true;
5121 unset($SESSION->lang
);
5122 unset($SESSION->forcelang
);
5123 unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin
);
5128 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files.
5130 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete.
5131 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
5132 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
5133 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
5134 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
5136 function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) {
5139 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
5140 $courseid = $courseorid->id
;
5141 $course = $courseorid;
5143 $courseid = $courseorid;
5144 if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) {
5148 $context = context_course
::instance($courseid);
5150 // Frontpage course can not be deleted!!
5151 if ($courseid == SITEID
) {
5155 // Allow plugins to use this course before we completely delete it.
5156 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_course_delete')) {
5157 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
5158 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
5159 $pluginfunction($course);
5164 // Tell the search manager we are about to delete a course. This prevents us sending updates
5165 // for each individual context being deleted.
5166 \core_search\manager
::course_deleting_start($courseid);
5168 $handler = core_course\customfield\course_handler
::create();
5169 $handler->delete_instance($courseid);
5171 // Make the course completely empty.
5172 remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback);
5174 // Delete the course and related context instance.
5175 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE
, $courseid);
5177 $DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid));
5178 $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid));
5180 // Reset all course related caches here.
5181 if (class_exists('format_base', false)) {
5182 format_base
::reset_course_cache($courseid);
5185 // Tell search that we have deleted the course so it can delete course data from the index.
5186 \core_search\manager
::course_deleting_finish($courseid);
5188 // Trigger a course deleted event.
5189 $event = \core\event\course_deleted
::create(array(
5190 'objectid' => $course->id
,
5191 'context' => $context,
5193 'shortname' => $course->shortname
,
5194 'fullname' => $course->fullname
,
5195 'idnumber' => $course->idnumber
5198 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
5205 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself.
5207 * This function does not verify any permissions.
5209 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments,
5210 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default.
5213 * - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default
5214 * - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default
5216 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
5217 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
5218 * @param array $options extra options
5219 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
5220 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
5221 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
5223 function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) {
5224 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
5226 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/badgeslib.php');
5227 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/completionlib.php');
5228 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/questionlib.php');
5229 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
5230 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/group/lib.php');
5231 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/comment/lib.php');
5232 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/rating/lib.php');
5233 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/notes/lib.php');
5235 // Handle course badges.
5236 badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid);
5238 // NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info...
5239 $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - ';
5241 // Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content.
5242 $options = (array)$options;
5244 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
5245 $coursecontext = context_course
::instance($courseid);
5246 $fs = get_file_storage();
5248 // Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols.
5249 $cc = new completion_info($course);
5250 $cc->clear_criteria();
5251 if ($showfeedback) {
5252 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess');
5255 // Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules
5256 // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference
5257 // the course modules that own the grades.
5258 remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback);
5259 remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback);
5261 // Delete course blocks in any all child contexts,
5262 // they may depend on modules so delete them first.
5263 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
5264 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
5265 blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id
);
5267 unset($childcontexts);
5268 blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id
);
5269 if ($showfeedback) {
5270 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5273 $DB->set_field('course_modules', 'deletioninprogress', '1', ['course' => $courseid]);
5274 rebuild_course_cache($courseid, true);
5276 // Get the list of all modules that are properly installed.
5277 $allmodules = $DB->get_records_menu('modules', array(), '', 'name, id');
5279 // Delete every instance of every module,
5280 // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff.
5281 $locations = core_component
::get_plugin_list('mod');
5282 foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) {
5283 if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') {
5286 if (array_key_exists($modname, $allmodules)) {
5287 $sql = "SELECT cm.*, m.id AS modinstance, m.name, '$modname' AS modname
5288 FROM {".$modname."} m
5289 LEFT JOIN {course_modules} cm ON cm.instance = m.id AND cm.module = :moduleid
5290 WHERE m.course = :courseid";
5291 $instances = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array('courseid' => $course->id
,
5292 'modulename' => $modname, 'moduleid' => $allmodules[$modname]));
5294 include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective.
5295 $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance.
5298 foreach ($instances as $cm) {
5300 // Delete activity context questions and question categories.
5301 question_delete_activity($cm);
5302 // Notify the competency subsystem.
5303 \core_competency\api
::hook_course_module_deleted($cm);
5305 if (function_exists($moddelete)) {
5306 // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc.
5307 $moddelete($cm->modinstance
);
5309 // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support!
5310 debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!");
5311 $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $cm->modinstance
));
5315 // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition.
5316 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE
, $cm->id
);
5317 $DB->delete_records('course_modules_completion', ['coursemoduleid' => $cm->id
]);
5318 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id
));
5319 rebuild_course_cache($cm->course
, true);
5323 if ($instances and $showfeedback) {
5324 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess');
5327 // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block.
5331 // We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data.
5333 // Delete completion defaults.
5334 $DB->delete_records("course_completion_defaults", array("course" => $courseid));
5336 // Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated
5337 // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the
5338 // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously.
5339 $DB->delete_records_subquery('course_modules_completion', 'coursemoduleid', 'id',
5340 'SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course = ?', [$courseid]);
5342 // Remove course-module data that has not been removed in modules' _delete_instance callbacks.
5343 $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id
));
5344 $allmodulesbyid = array_flip($allmodules);
5345 foreach ($cms as $cm) {
5346 if (array_key_exists($cm->module
, $allmodulesbyid)) {
5348 $DB->delete_records($allmodulesbyid[$cm->module
], array('id' => $cm->instance
));
5349 } catch (Exception
$e) {
5350 // Ignore weird or missing table problems.
5353 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE
, $cm->id
);
5354 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id
));
5355 rebuild_course_cache($cm->course
, true);
5358 if ($showfeedback) {
5359 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5362 // Delete questions and question categories.
5363 question_delete_course($course);
5364 if ($showfeedback) {
5365 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess');
5368 // Delete content bank contents.
5369 $cb = new \core_contentbank\
contentbank();
5370 $cbdeleted = $cb->delete_contents($coursecontext);
5371 if ($showfeedback && $cbdeleted) {
5372 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('contentbank', 'contentbank'), 'notifysuccess');
5375 // Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone.
5376 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
5377 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
5378 $childcontext->delete();
5380 unset($childcontexts);
5382 // Remove roles and enrolments by default.
5383 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) {
5384 // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course.
5385 // During restore, we should remove only enrolment related data that the user performing the restore has a
5386 // permission to remove.
5387 $userid = $options['userid'] ??
null;
5388 enrol_course_delete($course, $userid);
5389 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id
, 'component' => ''), true);
5390 if ($showfeedback) {
5391 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5395 // Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first.
5396 if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5397 groups_delete_groupings($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5398 groups_delete_groups($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5402 filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id
);
5404 // Notes, you shall not pass!
5405 note_delete_all($course->id
);
5408 comment
::delete_comments($coursecontext->id
);
5410 // Ratings are history too.
5411 $delopt = new stdclass();
5412 $delopt->contextid
= $coursecontext->id
;
5413 $rm = new rating_manager();
5414 $rm->delete_ratings($delopt);
5416 // Delete course tags.
5417 core_tag_tag
::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course', $course->id
);
5419 // Notify the competency subsystem.
5420 \core_competency\api
::hook_course_deleted($course);
5422 // Delete calendar events.
5423 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id
));
5424 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'calendar');
5426 // Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid
5427 // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
5428 // table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
5429 $tablestoclear = array(
5430 'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff.
5431 'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info.
5433 foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) {
5434 $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id
));
5437 // Delete all course backup files.
5438 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'backup');
5440 // Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff.
5441 $oldcourse = new stdClass();
5442 $oldcourse->id
= $course->id
;
5443 $oldcourse->summary
= '';
5444 $oldcourse->cacherev
= 0;
5445 $oldcourse->legacyfiles
= 0;
5446 if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5447 $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid
= 0;
5449 $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse);
5451 // Delete course sections.
5452 $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id
));
5454 // Delete legacy, section and any other course files.
5455 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'course'); // Files from summary and section.
5457 // Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc.
5458 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5459 // Easy, do not delete the context itself...
5460 $coursecontext->delete_content();
5463 // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles,
5464 // there might be also files used by enrol plugins...
5467 // Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api,
5468 // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there.
5469 fulldelete($CFG->dataroot
.'/'.$course->id
);
5471 // Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion.
5472 $cachemodinfo = cache
::make('core', 'coursemodinfo');
5473 $cachemodinfo->delete($courseid);
5475 // Trigger a course content deleted event.
5476 $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted
::create(array(
5477 'objectid' => $course->id
,
5478 'context' => $coursecontext,
5479 'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname
,
5480 'fullname' => $course->fullname
,
5481 'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons.
5483 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
5490 * Change dates in module - used from course reset.
5492 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc
5493 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table
5494 * @param int $timeshift time difference
5495 * @param int $courseid
5496 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated.
5497 * @return bool success
5499 function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) {
5501 include_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php');
5504 $params = array($timeshift, $courseid);
5505 foreach ($fields as $field) {
5506 $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."}
5507 SET $field = $field + ?
5508 WHERE course=? AND $field<>0";
5510 $updatesql .= ' AND id=?';
5513 $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return;
5520 * This function will empty a course of user data.
5521 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course.
5523 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes)
5524 * @return array status array of array component, item, error
5526 function reset_course_userdata($data) {
5528 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
5529 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/completionlib.php');
5530 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/completion/criteria/completion_criteria_date.php');
5531 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/group/lib.php');
5533 $data->courseid
= $data->id
;
5534 $context = context_course
::instance($data->courseid
);
5536 $eventparams = array(
5537 'context' => $context,
5538 'courseid' => $data->id
,
5540 'reset_options' => (array) $data
5543 $event = \core\event\course_reset_started
::create($eventparams);
5546 // Calculate the time shift of dates.
5547 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date
)) {
5548 // Time part of course startdate should be zero.
5549 $data->timeshift
= $data->reset_start_date
- usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old
);
5551 $data->timeshift
= 0;
5554 // Result array: component, item, error.
5557 // Start the resetting.
5558 $componentstr = get_string('general');
5560 // Move the course start time.
5561 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date
) and $data->timeshift
) {
5562 // Change course start data.
5563 $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date
, array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5564 // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events.
5565 $updatesql = "UPDATE {event}
5566 SET timestart = timestart + ?
5567 WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0";
5568 $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift
, $data->courseid
));
5570 // Update any date activity restrictions.
5571 if ($CFG->enableavailability
) {
5572 \availability_date\condition
::update_all_dates($data->courseid
, $data->timeshift
);
5575 // Update completion expected dates.
5576 if ($CFG->enablecompletion
) {
5577 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($data->courseid
);
5579 foreach ($modinfo->get_cms() as $cm) {
5580 if ($cm->completion
&& !empty($cm->completionexpected
)) {
5581 $DB->set_field('course_modules', 'completionexpected', $cm->completionexpected +
$data->timeshift
,
5582 array('id' => $cm->id
));
5587 // Clear course cache if changes made.
5589 rebuild_course_cache($data->courseid
, true);
5592 // Update course date completion criteria.
5593 \completion_criteria_date
::update_date($data->courseid
, $data->timeshift
);
5596 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false);
5599 if (!empty($data->reset_end_date
)) {
5600 // If the user set a end date value respect it.
5601 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $data->reset_end_date
, array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5602 } else if ($data->timeshift
> 0 && $data->reset_end_date_old
) {
5603 // If there is a time shift apply it to the end date as well.
5604 $enddate = $data->reset_end_date_old +
$data->timeshift
;
5605 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $enddate, array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5608 if (!empty($data->reset_events
)) {
5609 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid
));
5610 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false);
5613 if (!empty($data->reset_notes
)) {
5614 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/notes/lib.php');
5615 note_delete_all($data->courseid
);
5616 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false);
5619 if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations
)) {
5620 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/blog/lib.php');
5621 blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid
);
5622 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false);
5625 if (!empty($data->reset_completion
)) {
5626 // Delete course and activity completion information.
5627 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5628 $cc = new completion_info($course);
5629 $cc->delete_all_completion_data();
5630 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5631 'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false);
5634 if (!empty($data->reset_competency_ratings
)) {
5635 \core_competency\api
::hook_course_reset_competency_ratings($data->courseid
);
5636 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5637 'item' => get_string('deletecompetencyratings', 'core_competency'), 'error' => false);
5640 $componentstr = get_string('roles');
5642 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides
)) {
5643 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5644 foreach ($children as $child) {
5645 $child->delete_capabilities();
5647 $context->delete_capabilities();
5648 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5651 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local
)) {
5652 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5653 foreach ($children as $child) {
5654 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id
));
5656 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5659 // First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc.
5660 $data->unenrolled
= array();
5661 if (!empty($data->unenrol_users
)) {
5662 $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true);
5663 $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid
, true);
5664 foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) {
5665 if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol
])) {
5666 unset($instances[$key]);
5671 $usersroles = enrol_get_course_users_roles($data->courseid
);
5672 foreach ($data->unenrol_users
as $withroleid) {
5675 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5676 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5677 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5678 JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)";
5679 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid
, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE
);
5682 // Without any role assigned at course context.
5684 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5685 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5686 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5687 LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid)
5688 WHERE ra.id IS null";
5689 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid
, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE
);
5692 $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params);
5693 foreach ($rs as $ue) {
5694 if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid
])) {
5697 $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid
];
5698 $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol
];
5699 if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) {
5703 if ($withroleid && count($usersroles[$ue->userid
]) > 1) {
5704 // If we don't remove all roles and user has more than one role, just remove this role.
5705 role_unassign($withroleid, $ue->userid
, $context->id
);
5707 unset($usersroles[$ue->userid
][$withroleid]);
5709 // If we remove all roles or user has only one role, unenrol user from course.
5710 $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid
);
5712 $data->unenrolled
[$ue->userid
] = $ue->userid
;
5717 if (!empty($data->unenrolled
)) {
5719 'component' => $componentstr,
5720 'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled
).')',
5725 $componentstr = get_string('groups');
5727 // Remove all group members.
5728 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members
)) {
5729 groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid
);
5730 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5733 // Remove all groups.
5734 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove
)) {
5735 groups_delete_groups($data->courseid
, false);
5736 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5739 // Remove all grouping members.
5740 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members
)) {
5741 groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid
, false);
5742 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5745 // Remove all groupings.
5746 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove
)) {
5747 groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid
, false);
5748 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5751 // Look in every instance of every module for data to delete.
5752 $unsupportedmods = array();
5753 if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) {
5754 foreach ($allmods as $mod) {
5755 $modname = $mod->name
;
5756 $modfile = $CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php';
5757 $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data.
5758 if (file_exists($modfile)) {
5759 if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid
))) {
5760 continue; // Skip mods with no instances.
5762 include_once($modfile);
5763 if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) {
5764 $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data);
5765 if (is_array($modstatus)) {
5766 $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus);
5768 debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!');
5771 $unsupportedmods[] = $mod;
5774 debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!');
5776 // Update calendar events for all modules.
5777 course_module_bulk_update_calendar_events($modname, $data->courseid
);
5781 // Mention unsupported mods.
5782 if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) {
5783 foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) {
5785 'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name
),
5787 'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented')
5792 $componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades');
5793 // Reset gradebook,.
5794 if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items
)) {
5795 remove_course_grades($data->courseid
, false);
5796 grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid
);
5797 grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid
);
5798 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5800 } else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades
)) {
5801 grade_course_reset($data->courseid
);
5802 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5805 if (!empty($data->reset_comments
)) {
5806 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/comment/lib.php');
5807 comment
::reset_course_page_comments($context);
5810 $event = \core\event\course_reset_ended
::create($eventparams);
5817 * Generate an email processing address.
5820 * @param string $modargs
5821 * @return string Returns email processing address
5823 function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) {
5826 $header = $CFG->mailprefix
. substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs;
5827 return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain
;
5833 * @todo Finish documenting this function
5835 * @param string $modargs
5836 * @param string $body Currently unused
5838 function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) {
5841 // The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action.
5842 switch ($modargs[0]) {
5843 case 'B': { // Bounce.
5844 list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8)));
5845 if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) {
5846 // Check the half md5 of their email.
5847 $md5check = substr(md5($user->email
), 0, 16);
5848 if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) {
5849 set_bounce_count($user);
5851 // Else maybe they've already changed it?
5855 // Maybe more later?
5862 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering.
5864 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush'
5865 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing
5867 function get_mailer($action='get') {
5870 /** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */
5871 static $mailer = null;
5872 static $counter = 0;
5874 if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk
)) {
5875 $CFG->smtpmaxbulk
= 1;
5878 if ($action == 'get') {
5879 $prevkeepalive = false;
5881 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5882 if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk
and !$mailer->isError()) {
5884 // Reset the mailer.
5885 $mailer->Priority
= 3;
5886 $mailer->CharSet
= 'UTF-8'; // Our default.
5887 $mailer->ContentType
= "text/plain";
5888 $mailer->Encoding
= "8bit";
5889 $mailer->From
= "root@localhost";
5890 $mailer->FromName
= "Root User";
5891 $mailer->Sender
= "";
5892 $mailer->Subject
= "";
5894 $mailer->AltBody
= "";
5895 $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo
= "";
5897 $mailer->clearAllRecipients();
5898 $mailer->clearReplyTos();
5899 $mailer->clearAttachments();
5900 $mailer->clearCustomHeaders();
5904 $prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
;
5905 get_mailer('flush');
5908 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php');
5909 $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer();
5913 if ($CFG->smtphosts
== 'qmail') {
5914 // Use Qmail system.
5917 } else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts
)) {
5918 // Use PHP mail() = sendmail.
5922 // Use SMTP directly.
5924 if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp
) && (!empty($CFG->debugdeveloper
))) {
5925 $mailer->SMTPDebug
= 3;
5927 // Specify main and backup servers.
5928 $mailer->Host
= $CFG->smtphosts
;
5929 // Specify secure connection protocol.
5930 $mailer->SMTPSecure
= $CFG->smtpsecure
;
5931 // Use previous keepalive.
5932 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
= $prevkeepalive;
5934 if ($CFG->smtpuser
) {
5935 // Use SMTP authentication.
5936 $mailer->SMTPAuth
= true;
5937 $mailer->Username
= $CFG->smtpuser
;
5938 $mailer->Password
= $CFG->smtppass
;
5947 // Keep smtp session open after sending.
5948 if ($action == 'buffer') {
5949 if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk
)) {
5950 get_mailer('flush');
5952 if ($m->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5953 $m->SMTPKeepAlive
= true;
5959 // Close smtp session, but continue buffering.
5960 if ($action == 'flush') {
5961 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5962 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug
)) {
5965 $mailer->SmtpClose();
5966 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug
)) {
5973 // Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore.
5974 if ($action == 'close') {
5975 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5976 get_mailer('flush');
5977 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
= false;
5979 $mailer = null; // Better force new instance.
5985 * A helper function to test for email diversion
5987 * @param string $email
5988 * @return bool Returns true if the email should be diverted
5990 function email_should_be_diverted($email) {
5993 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsto
)) {
5997 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsexcept
)) {
6001 $patterns = array_map('trim', preg_split("/[\s,]+/", $CFG->divertallemailsexcept
));
6002 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
6003 if (preg_match("/$pattern/", $email)) {
6012 * Generate a unique email Message-ID using the moodle domain and install path
6014 * @param string $localpart An optional unique message id prefix.
6015 * @return string The formatted ID ready for appending to the email headers.
6017 function generate_email_messageid($localpart = null) {
6020 $urlinfo = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot
);
6021 $base = '@' . $urlinfo['host'];
6023 // If multiple moodles are on the same domain we want to tell them
6024 // apart so we add the install path to the local part. This means
6025 // that the id local part should never contain a / character so
6026 // we can correctly parse the id to reassemble the wwwroot.
6027 if (isset($urlinfo['path'])) {
6028 $base = $urlinfo['path'] . $base;
6031 if (empty($localpart)) {
6032 $localpart = uniqid('', true);
6035 // Because we may have an option /installpath suffix to the local part
6036 // of the id we need to escape any / chars which are in the $localpart.
6037 $localpart = str_replace('/', '%2F', $localpart);
6039 return '<' . $localpart . $base . '>';
6043 * Send an email to a specified user
6045 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6046 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object
6047 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
6048 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
6049 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional)
6050 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in one of
6051 * the following directories: $CFG->cachedir, $CFG->dataroot, $CFG->dirroot, $CFG->localcachedir, $CFG->tempdir
6052 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME)
6053 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
6054 * be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
6055 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to
6056 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient
6057 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79
6058 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6060 function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '',
6061 $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) {
6063 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
6065 if (empty($user) or empty($user->id
)) {
6066 debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
6070 if (empty($user->email
)) {
6071 debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
6075 if (!empty($user->deleted
)) {
6076 debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
6080 if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) {
6081 // Fake email sending in behat.
6085 if (!empty($CFG->noemailever
)) {
6086 // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed.
6087 debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL
);
6091 if (email_should_be_diverted($user->email
)) {
6092 $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject";
6093 $user = clone($user);
6094 $user->email
= $CFG->divertallemailsto
;
6097 // Skip mail to suspended users.
6098 if ((isset($user->auth
) && $user->auth
=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended
) && $user->suspended
)) {
6102 if (!validate_email($user->email
)) {
6103 // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer.
6104 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
6108 if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
6109 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending.");
6113 // TLD .invalid is specifically reserved for invalid domain names.
6114 // For More information, see {@link http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2606#section-2}.
6115 if (substr($user->email
, -8) == '.invalid') {
6116 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email domain ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
6117 return true; // This is not an error.
6120 // If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the
6121 // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their
6122 // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself.
6123 if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) {
6124 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/mnet/lib.php');
6126 $jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user);
6127 $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl);
6129 $messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%",
6132 $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%",
6136 $mail = get_mailer();
6138 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
6139 echo '<pre>' . "\n";
6142 $temprecipients = array();
6143 $tempreplyto = array();
6145 // Make sure that we fall back onto some reasonable no-reply address.
6146 $noreplyaddressdefault = 'noreply@' . get_host_from_url($CFG->wwwroot
);
6147 $noreplyaddress = empty($CFG->noreplyaddress
) ?
$noreplyaddressdefault : $CFG->noreplyaddress
;
6149 if (!validate_email($noreplyaddress)) {
6150 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid noreply-email '.s($noreplyaddress));
6151 $noreplyaddress = $noreplyaddressdefault;
6154 // Make up an email address for handling bounces.
6155 if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces
)) {
6156 $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id
)).substr(md5($user->email
), 0, 16);
6157 $mail->Sender
= generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs);
6159 $mail->Sender
= $noreplyaddress;
6162 // Make sure that the explicit replyto is valid, fall back to the implicit one.
6163 if (!empty($replyto) && !validate_email($replyto)) {
6164 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid replyto-email '.s($replyto));
6165 $replyto = $noreplyaddress;
6168 if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need.
6169 $mail->From
= $noreplyaddress;
6170 $mail->FromName
= $from;
6171 // Check if using the true address is true, and the email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
6172 // and that the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
6173 // in a course with the sender.
6174 } else if ($usetrueaddress && can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user)) {
6175 if (!validate_email($from->email
)) {
6176 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid from-email '.s($from->email
).' - not sending');
6177 // Better not to use $noreplyaddress in this case.
6180 $mail->From
= $from->email
;
6181 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
6182 $fromdetails->name
= fullname($from);
6183 $fromdetails->url
= preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot
);
6184 $fromdetails->siteshortname
= format_string($SITE->shortname
);
6185 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name
;
6186 if ($CFG->emailfromvia
== EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS
) {
6187 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
6189 $mail->FromName
= $fromstring;
6190 if (empty($replyto)) {
6191 $tempreplyto[] = array($from->email
, fullname($from));
6194 $mail->From
= $noreplyaddress;
6195 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
6196 $fromdetails->name
= fullname($from);
6197 $fromdetails->url
= preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot
);
6198 $fromdetails->siteshortname
= format_string($SITE->shortname
);
6199 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name
;
6200 if ($CFG->emailfromvia
!= EMAIL_VIA_NEVER
) {
6201 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
6203 $mail->FromName
= $fromstring;
6204 if (empty($replyto)) {
6205 $tempreplyto[] = array($noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname'));
6209 if (!empty($replyto)) {
6210 $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname);
6213 $temprecipients[] = array($user->email
, fullname($user));
6216 $mail->WordWrap
= $wordwrapwidth;
6218 if (!empty($from->customheaders
)) {
6219 // Add custom headers.
6220 if (is_array($from->customheaders
)) {
6221 foreach ($from->customheaders
as $customheader) {
6222 $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader);
6225 $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders
);
6229 // If the X-PHP-Originating-Script email header is on then also add an additional
6230 // header with details of where exactly in moodle the email was triggered from,
6231 // either a call to message_send() or to email_to_user().
6232 if (ini_get('mail.add_x_header')) {
6234 $stack = debug_backtrace(false);
6235 $origin = $stack[0];
6237 foreach ($stack as $depth => $call) {
6238 if ($call['function'] == 'message_send') {
6243 $originheader = $CFG->wwwroot
. ' => ' . gethostname() . ':'
6244 . str_replace($CFG->dirroot
. '/', '', $origin['file']) . ':' . $origin['line'];
6245 $mail->addCustomHeader('X-Moodle-Originating-Script: ' . $originheader);
6248 if (!empty($CFG->emailheaders
)) {
6249 $headers = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->emailheaders
));
6250 foreach ($headers as $header) {
6251 if (!empty($header)) {
6252 $mail->addCustomHeader($header);
6257 if (!empty($from->priority
)) {
6258 $mail->Priority
= $from->priority
;
6261 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('core');
6263 'sitefullname' => $SITE->fullname
,
6264 'siteshortname' => $SITE->shortname
,
6265 'sitewwwroot' => $CFG->wwwroot
,
6266 'subject' => $subject,
6267 'prefix' => $CFG->emailsubjectprefix
,
6268 'to' => $user->email
,
6269 'toname' => fullname($user),
6270 'from' => $mail->From
,
6271 'fromname' => $mail->FromName
,
6273 if (!empty($tempreplyto[0])) {
6274 $context['replyto'] = $tempreplyto[0][0];
6275 $context['replytoname'] = $tempreplyto[0][1];
6277 if ($user->id
> 0) {
6278 $context['touserid'] = $user->id
;
6279 $context['tousername'] = $user->username
;
6282 if (!empty($user->mailformat
) && $user->mailformat
== 1) {
6283 // Only process html templates if the user preferences allow html email.
6285 if (!$messagehtml) {
6286 // If no html has been given, BUT there is an html wrapping template then
6287 // auto convert the text to html and then wrap it.
6288 $messagehtml = trim(text_to_html($messagetext));
6290 $context['body'] = $messagehtml;
6291 $messagehtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
6294 $context['body'] = html_to_text(nl2br($messagetext));
6295 $mail->Subject
= $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_subject', $context);
6296 $mail->FromName
= $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_fromname', $context);
6297 $messagetext = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_text', $context);
6299 // Autogenerate a MessageID if it's missing.
6300 if (empty($mail->MessageID
)) {
6301 $mail->MessageID
= generate_email_messageid();
6304 if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat
) && $user->mailformat
== 1) {
6305 // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it.
6306 $mail->isHTML(true);
6307 $mail->Encoding
= 'quoted-printable';
6308 $mail->Body
= $messagehtml;
6309 $mail->AltBody
= "\n$messagetext\n";
6311 $mail->IsHTML(false);
6312 $mail->Body
= "\n$messagetext\n";
6315 if ($attachment && $attachname) {
6316 if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) {
6317 // Security check for ".." in dir path.
6318 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6319 $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email
, fullname($supportuser, true));
6320 $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain');
6322 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/filelib.php');
6323 $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname);
6325 // Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction).
6326 // The absolute (real) path is also fetched to ensure that comparisons to allowed paths are compared equally.
6327 $attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($attachment));
6329 // Build an array of all filepaths from which attachments can be added (normalised slashes, absolute/real path).
6330 $allowedpaths = array_map(function(string $path): string {
6331 return str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($path));
6336 $CFG->localcachedir
,
6338 $CFG->localrequestdir
,
6341 // Set addpath to true.
6344 // Check if attachment includes one of the allowed paths.
6345 foreach (array_filter($allowedpaths) as $allowedpath) {
6346 // Set addpath to false if the attachment includes one of the allowed paths.
6347 if (strpos($attachpath, $allowedpath) === 0) {
6353 // If the attachment is a full path to a file in the multiple allowed paths, use it as is,
6354 // otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons).
6355 if ($addpath == true) {
6356 $attachment = $CFG->dataroot
. '/' . $attachment;
6359 $mail->addAttachment($attachment, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype);
6363 // Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8.
6364 if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset
) ||
!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset
))) {
6366 // Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient.
6367 $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset
;
6368 if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset
)) {
6369 if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id
)) {
6370 $charset = $useremailcharset;
6374 // Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported.
6375 $charsets = get_list_of_charsets();
6376 unset($charsets['UTF-8']);
6377 if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) {
6378 $mail->CharSet
= $charset;
6379 $mail->FromName
= core_text
::convert($mail->FromName
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6380 $mail->Subject
= core_text
::convert($mail->Subject
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6381 $mail->Body
= core_text
::convert($mail->Body
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6382 $mail->AltBody
= core_text
::convert($mail->AltBody
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6384 foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) {
6385 $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text
::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6387 foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) {
6388 $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text
::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6393 foreach ($temprecipients as $values) {
6394 $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]);
6396 foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) {
6397 $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]);
6400 if (!empty($CFG->emaildkimselector
)) {
6401 $domain = substr(strrchr($mail->From
, "@"), 1);
6402 $pempath = "{$CFG->dataroot}/dkim/{$domain}/{$CFG->emaildkimselector}.private";
6403 if (file_exists($pempath)) {
6404 $mail->DKIM_domain
= $domain;
6405 $mail->DKIM_private
= $pempath;
6406 $mail->DKIM_selector
= $CFG->emaildkimselector
;
6407 $mail->DKIM_identity
= $mail->From
;
6409 debugging("Email DKIM selector chosen due to {$mail->From} but no certificate found at $pempath", DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
6413 if ($mail->send()) {
6414 set_send_count($user);
6415 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
6420 // Trigger event for failing to send email.
6421 $event = \core\event\email_failed
::create(array(
6422 'context' => context_system
::instance(),
6423 'userid' => $from->id
,
6424 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
6426 'subject' => $subject,
6427 'message' => $messagetext,
6428 'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo
6433 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo
);
6435 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
6443 * Check to see if a user's real email address should be used for the "From" field.
6445 * @param object $from The user object for the user we are sending the email from.
6446 * @param object $user The user object that we are sending the email to.
6447 * @param array $unused No longer used.
6448 * @return bool Returns true if we can use the from user's email adress in the "From" field.
6450 function can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $unused = null) {
6452 if (!isset($CFG->allowedemaildomains
) ||
empty(trim($CFG->allowedemaildomains
))) {
6455 $alloweddomains = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->allowedemaildomains
));
6456 // Email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
6457 // and the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
6458 // in a course with the sender.
6459 if (\core\ip_utils
::is_domain_in_allowed_list(substr($from->email
, strpos($from->email
, '@') +
1), $alloweddomains)
6460 && ($from->maildisplay
== core_user
::MAILDISPLAY_EVERYONE
6461 ||
($from->maildisplay
== core_user
::MAILDISPLAY_COURSE_MEMBERS_ONLY
6462 && enrol_get_shared_courses($user, $from, false, true)))) {
6469 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings
6473 function generate_email_signoff() {
6477 if (!empty($CFG->supportname
)) {
6478 $signoff .= $CFG->supportname
."\n";
6480 if (!empty($CFG->supportemail
)) {
6481 $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail
."\n";
6483 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage
)) {
6484 $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage
."\n";
6490 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6492 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6493 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed.
6494 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error
6496 function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) {
6499 // We try to send the mail in language the user understands,
6500 // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet
6501 // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname.
6502 $lang = empty($user->lang
) ?
get_newuser_language() : $user->lang
;
6506 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6508 $newpassword = generate_password();
6510 update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash);
6512 $a = new stdClass();
6513 $a->firstname
= fullname($user, true);
6514 $a->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6515 $a->username
= $user->username
;
6516 $a->newpassword
= $newpassword;
6517 $a->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/?lang='.$lang;
6518 $a->signoff
= generate_email_signoff();
6520 $message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang);
6522 $subject = format_string($site->fullname
) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang);
6524 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6525 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6530 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6532 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6533 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6535 function reset_password_and_mail($user) {
6539 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6541 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
6542 if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth
)) {
6543 trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth.");
6547 $newpassword = generate_password();
6549 if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) {
6550 print_error("cannotsetpassword");
6553 $a = new stdClass();
6554 $a->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6555 $a->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6556 $a->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6557 $a->username
= $user->username
;
6558 $a->newpassword
= $newpassword;
6559 $a->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php';
6560 $a->signoff
= generate_email_signoff();
6562 $message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a);
6564 $subject = format_string($site->fullname
) .': '. get_string('changedpassword');
6566 unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password.
6568 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6569 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6573 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link.
6575 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6576 * @param string $confirmationurl user confirmation URL
6577 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6579 function send_confirmation_email($user, $confirmationurl = null) {
6583 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6585 $data = new stdClass();
6586 $data->firstname
= fullname($user);
6587 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6588 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6590 $subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6592 if (empty($confirmationurl)) {
6593 $confirmationurl = '/login/confirm.php';
6596 $confirmationurl = new moodle_url($confirmationurl);
6597 // Remove data parameter just in case it was included in the confirmation so we can add it manually later.
6598 $confirmationurl->remove_params('data');
6599 $confirmationpath = $confirmationurl->out(false);
6601 // We need to custom encode the username to include trailing dots in the link.
6602 // Because of this custom encoding we can't use moodle_url directly.
6603 // Determine if a query string is present in the confirmation url.
6604 $hasquerystring = strpos($confirmationpath, '?') !== false;
6605 // Perform normal url encoding of the username first.
6606 $username = urlencode($user->username
);
6607 // Prevent problems with trailing dots not being included as part of link in some mail clients.
6608 $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username);
6610 $data->link
= $confirmationpath . ( $hasquerystring ?
'&' : '?') . 'data='. $user->secret
.'/'. $username;
6612 $message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data);
6613 $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true);
6615 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6616 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml);
6620 * Sends a password change confirmation email.
6622 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6623 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request
6624 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6626 function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) {
6630 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6631 $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime
) ?
floor($CFG->pwresettime
/ MINSECS
) : 30;
6633 $data = new stdClass();
6634 $data->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6635 $data->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6636 $data->username
= $user->username
;
6637 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6638 $data->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token
;
6639 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6640 $data->resetminutes
= $pwresetmins;
6642 $message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data);
6643 $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6645 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6646 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6651 * Sends an email containing information on how to change your password.
6653 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6654 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6656 function send_password_change_info($user) {
6658 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6660 $data = new stdClass();
6661 $data->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6662 $data->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6663 $data->username
= $user->username
;
6664 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6665 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6667 if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth
)) {
6668 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data);
6669 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6670 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6671 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6674 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
6675 ['subject' => $subject, 'message' => $message] = $userauth->get_password_change_info($user);
6677 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6678 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6682 * Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem.
6684 * @param string $email Content of email
6685 * @return string|false
6687 function email_is_not_allowed($email) {
6690 // Comparing lowercase domains.
6691 $email = strtolower($email);
6692 if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses
)) {
6693 $allowed = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->allowemailaddresses
));
6694 foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) {
6695 $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern);
6696 if (!$allowedpattern) {
6699 if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6700 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6701 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6705 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6709 return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses
);
6711 } else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses
)) {
6712 $denied = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->denyemailaddresses
));
6713 foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) {
6714 $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern);
6715 if (!$deniedpattern) {
6718 if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6719 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6720 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6721 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6724 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6725 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6736 * Returns local file storage instance
6738 * @return file_storage
6740 function get_file_storage($reset = false) {
6754 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6756 $fs = new file_storage();
6762 * Returns local file storage instance
6764 * @return file_browser
6766 function get_file_browser() {
6775 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6777 $fb = new file_browser();
6783 * Returns file packer
6785 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip
6786 * @return file_packer
6788 function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') {
6791 static $fp = array();
6793 if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) {
6794 return $fp[$mimetype];
6797 switch ($mimetype) {
6798 case 'application/zip':
6799 case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling':
6800 $classname = 'zip_packer';
6803 case 'application/x-gzip' :
6804 $classname = 'tgz_packer';
6807 case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup':
6808 $classname = 'mbz_packer';
6815 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php");
6816 $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname();
6818 return $fp[$mimetype];
6822 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists.
6824 * @param string $newfile File to be verified
6825 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true
6827 function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) {
6828 if (empty($newfile)) {
6831 if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) {
6832 return $newfile['tmp_name'];
6839 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files.
6841 * There are seven possible upload limits:
6842 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this)
6843 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6844 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6845 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6846 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes
6847 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes
6848 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes
6850 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes).
6851 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored.
6852 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned.
6854 * @todo Finish documenting this function
6856 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6857 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6858 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6859 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6860 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6862 function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0, $unused = false) {
6864 if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) {
6867 $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize);
6869 if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) {
6870 $postsize = get_real_size($postsize);
6871 if ($postsize < $minimumsize) {
6872 $minimumsize = $postsize;
6876 if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6877 $minimumsize = $sitebytes;
6880 if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6881 $minimumsize = $coursebytes;
6884 if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6885 $minimumsize = $modulebytes;
6888 return $minimumsize;
6892 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user
6894 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities
6896 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities
6897 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6898 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6899 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6900 * @param stdClass $user The user
6901 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6902 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6904 function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null,
6912 if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) {
6913 return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS
;
6916 return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes);
6920 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language
6922 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an
6923 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the
6926 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes.
6928 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)"
6929 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list.
6931 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC
6932 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6933 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6934 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6935 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list,
6936 * Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list.
6939 function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) {
6942 if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) {
6946 if ($sitebytes == 0) {
6947 // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size.
6948 $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size();
6951 $filesize = array();
6952 $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152,
6953 5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600,
6954 262144000, 524288000, 786432000, 1073741824,
6955 2147483648, 4294967296, 8589934592);
6957 // If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list.
6958 if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) {
6959 $custombytes = (int)$custombytes;
6960 if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) {
6961 $sizelist[] = $custombytes;
6963 } else if (is_array($custombytes)) {
6964 $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes));
6967 // Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries.
6968 if (isset($CFG->maxbytes
) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes
), $sizelist)) {
6969 // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values.
6970 $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes
);
6973 foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) {
6974 if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) {
6975 $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes);
6982 (($modulebytes < $coursebytes ||
$coursebytes == 0) &&
6983 ($modulebytes < $sitebytes ||
$sitebytes == 0))) {
6984 $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core');
6985 $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes);
6986 $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6988 } else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes ||
$sitebytes == 0)) {
6989 $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core');
6990 $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes);
6991 $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6993 } else if ($sitebytes) {
6994 $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core');
6995 $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes);
6996 $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6999 krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC
);
7001 $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize);
7002 $filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) +
$filesize;
7009 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir.
7011 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored
7012 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output
7013 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output
7014 * (at least one of these must be true!)
7016 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage.
7018 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from
7019 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored
7020 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well
7021 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output
7022 * @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output
7023 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir
7025 function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) {
7029 if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show.
7033 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory.
7037 if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason.
7041 if (!is_array($excludefiles)) {
7042 $excludefiles = array($excludefiles);
7045 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
7046 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
7047 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) {
7050 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
7051 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
7056 $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles);
7057 foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) {
7058 $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir;
7061 } else if ($getfiles) {
7074 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size.
7076 * @param string $rootdir The directory to start from
7077 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size
7078 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory
7080 function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') {
7083 // Do it this way if we can, it's much faster.
7084 if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu
) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu
))) {
7085 $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu
).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir);
7088 exec($command, $output, $return);
7089 if (is_array($output)) {
7090 // We told it to return k.
7091 return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k');
7095 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {
7096 // Must be a directory.
7100 if (!$dir = @opendir
($rootdir)) {
7101 // Can't open it for some reason.
7107 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
7108 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
7109 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) {
7112 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
7113 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
7114 $size +
= get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile);
7116 $size +
= filesize($fullfile);
7125 * Converts bytes into display form
7127 * @static string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes
7128 * @static string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes
7129 * @static string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes
7130 * @static string $b Localized string for size in bytes
7131 * @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form
7134 function display_size($size) {
7138 if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS
) {
7139 return get_string('unlimited');
7142 if (empty($units)) {
7143 $units[] = get_string('sizeb');
7144 $units[] = get_string('sizekb');
7145 $units[] = get_string('sizemb');
7146 $units[] = get_string('sizegb');
7147 $units[] = get_string('sizetb');
7148 $units[] = get_string('sizepb');
7151 if ($size >= 1024 ** 5) {
7152 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 5 * 10) / 10 . $units[5];
7153 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 4) {
7154 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 4 * 10) / 10 . $units[4];
7155 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 3) {
7156 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 3 * 10) / 10 . $units[3];
7157 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 2) {
7158 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 2 * 10) / 10 . $units[2];
7159 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 1) {
7160 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 1 * 10) / 10 . $units[1];
7162 $size = intval($size) .' '. $units[0]; // File sizes over 2GB can not work in 32bit PHP anyway.
7168 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
7170 * @see clean_param()
7171 * @param string $string file name
7172 * @return string cleaned file name
7174 function clean_filename($string) {
7175 return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE
);
7178 // STRING TRANSLATION.
7181 * Returns the code for the current language
7186 function current_language() {
7187 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE;
7189 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang
)) {
7190 // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check
7191 // issues in courses whose language they don't understand).
7192 // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a
7193 // specific language (see force_current_language()).
7194 $return = $SESSION->forcelang
;
7196 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id
) and $COURSE->id
!= SITEID
and !empty($COURSE->lang
)) {
7197 // Course language can override all other settings for this page.
7198 $return = $COURSE->lang
;
7200 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang
)) {
7201 // Session language can override other settings.
7202 $return = $SESSION->lang
;
7204 } else if (!empty($USER->lang
)) {
7205 $return = $USER->lang
;
7207 } else if (isset($CFG->lang
)) {
7208 $return = $CFG->lang
;
7214 // Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident.
7215 $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return);
7221 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined
7224 * @param string $lang null means current language
7227 function get_parent_language($lang=null) {
7229 $parentlang = get_string_manager()->get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig', null, $lang);
7231 if ($parentlang === 'en') {
7239 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language.
7241 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language
7242 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run.
7244 * @param string $language
7245 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value
7247 function force_current_language($language) {
7249 $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang
) ?
$SESSION->forcelang
: '';
7250 if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) {
7251 // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect.
7252 if (empty($language) ||
get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) {
7253 $SESSION->forcelang
= $language;
7257 return $sessionforcelang;
7261 * Returns current string_manager instance.
7263 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance
7264 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time.
7267 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead?
7268 * @return core_string_manager
7270 function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) {
7273 static $singleton = null;
7278 if ($singleton === null) {
7279 if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang
)) {
7281 $transaliases = array();
7282 if (empty($CFG->langlist
)) {
7283 $translist = array();
7285 $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist
);
7286 $translist = array_map('trim', $translist);
7287 // Each language in the $CFG->langlist can has an "alias" that would substitute the default language name.
7288 foreach ($translist as $i => $value) {
7289 $parts = preg_split('/\s*\|\s*/', $value, 2);
7290 if (count($parts) == 2) {
7291 $transaliases[$parts[0]] = $parts[1];
7292 $translist[$i] = $parts[0];
7297 if (!empty($CFG->config_php_settings
['customstringmanager'])) {
7298 $classname = $CFG->config_php_settings
['customstringmanager'];
7300 if (class_exists($classname)) {
7301 $implements = class_implements($classname);
7303 if (isset($implements['core_string_manager'])) {
7304 $singleton = new $classname($CFG->langotherroot
, $CFG->langlocalroot
, $translist, $transaliases);
7308 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.
7309 ' does not implement the core_string_manager interface.');
7313 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.' can not be found.');
7317 $singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot
, $CFG->langlocalroot
, $translist, $transaliases);
7320 $singleton = new core_string_manager_install();
7328 * Returns a localized string.
7330 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
7331 * for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp.
7332 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used
7333 * within translation strings
7335 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}'
7338 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
7339 * the function {@link print_string()}
7341 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
7342 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
7343 * to retrieve it.<br/>
7344 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278
7345 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course'
7347 * $string['course'] = 'Course';
7349 * So if you want to display the string 'Course'
7350 * in any language that supports it on your site
7351 * you just need to use the identifier 'course'
7353 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>';
7356 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly
7357 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find
7360 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event';
7362 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language
7363 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
7364 * (because it is in the file calendar.php):
7366 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>';
7369 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string
7370 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
7372 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload.
7373 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object
7374 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until
7375 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out
7376 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g.
7377 * (string)$stringobject
7378 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g.
7379 * echo $stringobject
7380 * return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>";
7381 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an
7382 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys.
7383 * But you should never do that anyway!
7384 * For more information {@link lang_string}
7387 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
7388 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored,
7389 * usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the
7390 * .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls.
7391 * If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
7392 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used
7393 * within translation strings
7394 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of
7395 * the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used.
7396 * @return string The localized string.
7397 * @throws coding_exception
7399 function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) {
7402 // If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object
7404 // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there
7405 // used to be a forth argument at one point.
7406 if ($lazyload === true) {
7407 return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7410 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID
) === '') {
7411 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7414 // There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so
7415 // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter.
7416 if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) {
7417 debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.');
7420 if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) {
7421 debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' .
7422 'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7423 $componentpath = explode('/', $component);
7425 switch ($componentpath[0]) {
7427 $component = $componentpath[1];
7431 $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1];
7434 $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1];
7437 $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1];
7440 $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2];
7445 $result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7447 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
7448 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids
) && $CFG->debugstringids
&& optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT
)) {
7449 $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}';
7455 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value.
7457 * @param array $array An array of strings
7458 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in.
7459 * @return stdClass translated strings.
7461 function get_strings($array, $component = '') {
7462 $string = new stdClass
;
7463 foreach ($array as $item) {
7464 $string->$item = get_string($item, $component);
7470 * Prints out a translated string.
7472 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function.
7474 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7477 * print_string('course');
7481 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7484 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar');
7489 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
7490 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
7491 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings
7493 function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) {
7494 echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7498 * Returns a list of charset codes
7500 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually
7501 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!)
7503 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
7505 function get_list_of_charsets() {
7508 'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP',
7509 'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP',
7510 'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1',
7511 'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS',
7512 'GB2312' => 'GB2312',
7513 'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring.
7514 'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8');
7522 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
7526 function get_list_of_themes() {
7531 if (!empty($CFG->themelist
)) { // Use admin's list of themes.
7532 $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist
);
7534 $themelist = array_keys(core_component
::get_plugin_list("theme"));
7537 foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) {
7538 $theme = theme_config
::load($themename);
7539 $themes[$themename] = $theme;
7542 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name');
7548 * Factory function for emoticon_manager
7550 * @return emoticon_manager singleton
7552 function get_emoticon_manager() {
7553 static $singleton = null;
7555 if (is_null($singleton)) {
7556 $singleton = new emoticon_manager();
7563 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter).
7565 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data
7566 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent,
7567 * altidentifier and altcomponent
7569 * @see admin_setting_emoticons
7571 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak
7572 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7574 class emoticon_manager
{
7577 * Returns the currently enabled emoticons
7579 * @param boolean $selectable - If true, only return emoticons that should be selectable from a list.
7580 * @return array of emoticon objects
7582 public function get_emoticons($selectable = false) {
7584 $notselectable = ['martin', 'egg'];
7586 if (empty($CFG->emoticons
)) {
7590 $emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons
);
7592 if (!is_array($emoticons)) {
7593 // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting.
7594 debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL
);
7598 foreach ($emoticons as $index => $emote) {
7599 if (in_array($emote->altidentifier
, $notselectable)) {
7601 unset($emoticons[$index]);
7610 * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object
7612 * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object
7613 * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set
7614 * @return pix_emoticon
7616 public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass
$emoticon, array $attributes = array()) {
7617 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
7618 if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier
, $emoticon->altcomponent
)) {
7619 $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier
, $emoticon->altcomponent
);
7621 $alt = s($emoticon->text
);
7623 return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename
, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent
, $attributes);
7627 * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table
7629 * @see self::decode_stored_config()
7630 * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects
7633 public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) {
7634 return json_encode($emoticons);
7638 * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects
7640 * @see self::encode_stored_config()
7641 * @param string $encoded
7642 * @return string|null
7644 public function decode_stored_config($encoded) {
7645 $decoded = json_decode($encoded);
7646 if (!is_array($decoded)) {
7653 * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle
7655 * @return array of sdtClasses
7657 public function default_emoticons() {
7659 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7660 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7661 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'),
7662 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'),
7663 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'),
7664 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'),
7665 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7666 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7667 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'),
7668 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'),
7669 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'),
7670 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'),
7671 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7672 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7673 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'),
7674 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'),
7675 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'),
7676 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'),
7677 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'),
7678 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7679 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7680 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'),
7681 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'),
7682 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'),
7683 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7684 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7685 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'),
7686 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'),
7687 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'),
7688 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'),
7693 * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties
7695 * @param string|array $text or array of strings
7696 * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7697 * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt
7698 * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined
7699 * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7702 protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null,
7703 $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') {
7704 return (object)array(
7706 'imagename' => $imagename,
7707 'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent,
7708 'altidentifier' => $altidentifier,
7709 'altcomponent' => $altcomponent,
7719 * @param string $data Data to encrypt.
7720 * @return string The now encrypted data.
7722 function rc4encrypt($data) {
7723 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, '');
7729 * @param string $data Data to decrypt.
7730 * @return string The now decrypted data.
7732 function rc4decrypt($data) {
7733 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de');
7737 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com]
7739 * @todo Finish documenting this function
7741 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting
7742 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted
7743 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt
7746 function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) {
7748 if ($case == 'de') {
7749 $data = urldecode($data);
7754 $pwdlength = strlen($pwd);
7756 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++
) {
7757 $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i %
$pwdlength), 1));
7763 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++
) {
7764 $x = ($x +
$box[$i] +
$key[$i]) %
256;
7765 $tempswap = $box[$i];
7766 $box[$i] = $box[$x];
7767 $box[$x] = $tempswap;
7775 for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++
) {
7776 $a = ($a +
1) %
256;
7777 $j = ($j +
$box[$a]) %
256;
7779 $box[$a] = $box[$j];
7781 $k = $box[(($box[$a] +
$box[$j]) %
256)];
7782 $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^
$k;
7783 $cipher .= chr($cipherby);
7786 if ($case == 'de') {
7787 $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher));
7789 $cipher = urlencode($cipher);
7795 // ENVIRONMENT CHECKING.
7798 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param.
7800 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name.
7801 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name.
7803 function is_valid_plugin_name($name) {
7804 // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type.
7805 return core_component
::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name);
7809 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function
7810 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned.
7812 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'.
7813 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7814 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7815 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7816 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7817 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7818 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum')
7819 * and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook').
7821 function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') {
7824 // We don't include here as all plugin types files would be included.
7825 $plugins = get_plugins_with_function($function, $file, false);
7827 if (empty($plugins[$plugintype])) {
7831 $allplugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7833 // Reformat the array and include the files.
7834 $pluginfunctions = array();
7835 foreach ($plugins[$plugintype] as $pluginname => $functionname) {
7837 // Check that it has not been removed and the file is still available.
7838 if (!empty($allplugins[$pluginname])) {
7840 $filepath = $allplugins[$pluginname] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
. $file;
7841 if (file_exists($filepath)) {
7842 include_once($filepath);
7844 // Now that the file is loaded, we must verify the function still exists.
7845 if (function_exists($functionname)) {
7846 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $pluginname] = $functionname;
7848 // Invalidate the cache for next run.
7849 \cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'plugin_functions');
7855 return $pluginfunctions;
7859 * Get a list of all the plugins that define a certain API function in a certain file.
7861 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7862 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7863 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7864 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7865 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7866 * @param bool $include Whether to include the files that contain the functions or not.
7867 * @return array with [plugintype][plugin] = functionname
7869 function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true) {
7872 if (during_initial_install() ||
isset($CFG->upgraderunning
)) {
7873 // API functions _must not_ be called during an installation or upgrade.
7877 $cache = \cache
::make('core', 'plugin_functions');
7879 // Including both although I doubt that we will find two functions definitions with the same name.
7880 // Clearning the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
7881 $key = $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA
);
7882 $pluginfunctions = $cache->get($key);
7885 // Use the plugin manager to check that plugins are currently installed.
7886 $pluginmanager = \core_plugin_manager
::instance();
7888 if ($pluginfunctions !== false) {
7890 // Checking that the files are still available.
7891 foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {
7893 $allplugins = \core_component
::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7894 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
7895 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $function) {
7896 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
7897 // Plugin code is still present on disk but it is not installed.
7902 // Cache might be out of sync with the codebase, skip the plugin if it is not available.
7903 if (empty($allplugins[$plugin])) {
7908 $fileexists = file_exists($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
. $file);
7909 if ($include && $fileexists) {
7910 // Include the files if it was requested.
7911 include_once($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
. $file);
7912 } else if (!$fileexists) {
7913 // If the file is not available any more it should not be returned.
7918 // Check if the function still exists in the file.
7919 if ($include && !function_exists($function)) {
7926 // If the cache is dirty, we should fall through and let it rebuild.
7928 return $pluginfunctions;
7932 $pluginfunctions = array();
7934 // To fill the cached. Also, everything should continue working with cache disabled.
7935 $plugintypes = \core_component
::get_plugin_types();
7936 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $unused) {
7938 // We need to include files here.
7939 $pluginswithfile = \core_component
::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true);
7940 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
7941 foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) {
7943 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
7947 $fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function;
7949 $pluginfunction = false;
7950 if (function_exists($fullfunction)) {
7951 // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin.
7952 $pluginfunction = $fullfunction;
7954 } else if ($plugintype === 'mod') {
7955 // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name.
7956 $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function;
7957 if (function_exists($shortfunction)) {
7958 $pluginfunction = $shortfunction;
7962 if ($pluginfunction) {
7963 if (empty($pluginfunctions[$plugintype])) {
7964 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype] = array();
7966 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin] = $pluginfunction;
7971 $cache->set($key, $pluginfunctions);
7973 return $pluginfunctions;
7978 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory
7980 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use
7981 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now.
7983 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility.
7985 * @param string $directory relative directory from root
7986 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none)
7987 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot)
7988 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters
7990 function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') {
7995 if (empty($basedir)) {
7996 $basedir = $CFG->dirroot
.'/'. $directory;
7999 $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory;
8002 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
and empty($exclude)) {
8003 // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins,
8004 // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins!
8006 $subtypes = core_component
::get_plugin_types();
8007 if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) {
8008 debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
8013 if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') {
8014 if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) {
8015 debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
8018 while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) {
8019 // Func: strpos is marginally but reliably faster than substr($dir, 0, 1).
8020 if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0 or $dir === 'CVS' or $dir === '_vti_cnf' or $dir === 'simpletest' or $dir === 'yui' or
8021 $dir === 'tests' or $dir === 'classes' or $dir === $exclude) {
8024 if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') {
8029 closedir($dirhandle);
8038 * Invoke plugin's callback functions
8040 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod'
8041 * @param string $name plugin name
8042 * @param string $feature feature name
8043 * @param string $action feature's action
8044 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array
8045 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
8048 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743
8050 function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) {
8051 return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default);
8055 * Invoke component's callback functions
8057 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
8058 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
8059 * @param array $params parameters of callback function
8060 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
8063 function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) {
8065 $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function);
8067 if ($functionname) {
8068 // Function exists, so just return function result.
8069 $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params);
8070 if (is_null($ret)) {
8080 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this
8081 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be
8084 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
8085 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
8086 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't.
8087 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied
8089 function component_callback_exists($component, $function) {
8090 global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions.
8092 $cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT
);
8093 if (empty($cleancomponent)) {
8094 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
8096 $component = $cleancomponent;
8098 list($type, $name) = core_component
::normalize_component($component);
8099 $component = $type . '_' . $name;
8101 $oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function;
8102 $function = $component.'_'.$function;
8104 $dir = core_component
::get_component_directory($component);
8106 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
8109 // Load library and look for function.
8110 if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) {
8111 require_once($dir.'/lib.php');
8114 if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) {
8115 if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') {
8116 debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
8118 $function = $oldfunction;
8121 if (function_exists($function)) {
8128 * Call the specified callback method on the provided class.
8130 * If the callback returns null, then the default value is returned instead.
8131 * If the class does not exist, then the default value is returned.
8133 * @param string $classname The name of the class to call upon.
8134 * @param string $methodname The name of the staticically defined method on the class.
8135 * @param array $params The arguments to pass into the method.
8136 * @param mixed $default The default value.
8137 * @return mixed The return value.
8139 function component_class_callback($classname, $methodname, array $params, $default = null) {
8140 if (!class_exists($classname)) {
8144 if (!method_exists($classname, $methodname)) {
8148 $fullfunction = $classname . '::' . $methodname;
8149 $result = call_user_func_array($fullfunction, $params);
8151 if (null === $result) {
8159 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature.
8161 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod'
8162 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum'
8163 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant)
8164 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown
8165 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown,
8166 * otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array)
8167 * @throws coding_exception
8169 function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) {
8172 if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') {
8173 // Somebody forgot to rename the module template.
8177 $component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT
);
8178 if (empty($component)) {
8179 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name);
8184 if ($type === 'mod') {
8185 // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules,
8186 // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop.
8187 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) {
8188 include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php");
8189 $function = $component.'_supports';
8190 if (!function_exists($function)) {
8191 // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name.
8192 $function = $name.'_supports';
8197 if (!$path = core_component
::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) {
8198 // Non existent plugin type.
8201 if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) {
8202 include_once("$path/lib.php");
8203 $function = $component.'_supports';
8207 if ($function and function_exists($function)) {
8208 $supports = $function($feature);
8209 if (is_null($supports)) {
8210 // Plugin does not know - use default.
8217 // Plugin does not care, so use default.
8222 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one.
8224 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low?
8226 * @param string $version The version of php being tested.
8229 function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') {
8230 return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0);
8234 * Determine if moodle installation requires update.
8236 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see
8237 * if there are any mismatches.
8241 function moodle_needs_upgrading() {
8244 if (empty($CFG->version
)) {
8248 // There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because
8249 // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after
8252 if (empty($CFG->allversionshash
)) {
8256 $hash = core_component
::get_all_versions_hash();
8258 return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash
);
8262 * Returns the major version of this site
8264 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for
8265 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so
8266 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either
8267 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in
8268 * the main version.php.
8270 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used
8271 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined
8273 function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) {
8278 require($CFG->dirroot
.'/version.php');
8279 if (empty($release)) {
8284 if (empty($CFG->release
)) {
8287 $release = $CFG->release
;
8290 if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) {
8300 * Gets the system locale
8302 * @return string Retuns the current locale.
8304 function moodle_getlocale() {
8307 // Fetch the correct locale based on ostype.
8308 if ($CFG->ostype
== 'WINDOWS') {
8309 $stringtofetch = 'localewin';
8311 $stringtofetch = 'locale';
8314 if (!empty($CFG->locale
)) { // Override locale for all language packs.
8315 return $CFG->locale
;
8318 return get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig');
8322 * Sets the system locale
8325 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale
8327 function moodle_setlocale($locale='') {
8330 static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching.
8332 $oldlocale = $currentlocale;
8334 // The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language.
8335 if (!empty($locale)) {
8336 $currentlocale = $locale;
8338 $currentlocale = moodle_getlocale();
8341 // Do nothing if locale already set up.
8342 if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) {
8346 // Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
8347 // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
8348 // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/.
8350 // Get current values.
8351 $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY
, 0);
8352 $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC
, 0);
8353 $ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE
, 0);
8354 if ($CFG->ostype
!= 'WINDOWS') {
8355 $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES
, 0);
8357 // Set locale to all.
8358 $result = setlocale (LC_ALL
, $currentlocale);
8359 // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant,
8360 // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX).
8361 if ($result === false) {
8362 if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) {
8363 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale);
8364 setlocale (LC_ALL
, $newlocale);
8365 } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) {
8366 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale);
8367 setlocale (LC_ALL
, $newlocale);
8371 setlocale (LC_MONETARY
, $monetary);
8372 setlocale (LC_NUMERIC
, $numeric);
8373 if ($CFG->ostype
!= 'WINDOWS') {
8374 setlocale (LC_MESSAGES
, $messages);
8376 if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') {
8377 // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii.
8378 setlocale (LC_CTYPE
, $ctype);
8383 * Count words in a string.
8385 * Words are defined as things between whitespace.
8388 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words. May be HTML.
8389 * @return int The count of words in the specified string
8391 function count_words($string) {
8392 // Before stripping tags, add a space after the close tag of anything that is not obviously inline.
8393 // Also, br is a special case because it definitely delimits a word, but has no close tag.
8394 $string = preg_replace('~
8395 ( # Capture the tag we match.
8396 </ # Start of close tag.
8397 (?! # Do not match any of these specific close tag names.
8398 a> | b> | del> | em> | i> |
8399 ins> | s> | small> |
8400 strong> | sub> | sup> | u>
8402 \w+ # But, apart from those execptions, match any tag name.
8403 > # End of close tag.
8405 <br> | <br\s*/> # Special cases that are not close tags.
8407 ~x', '$1 ', $string); // Add a space after the close tag.
8408 // Now remove HTML tags.
8409 $string = strip_tags($string);
8410 // Decode HTML entities.
8411 $string = html_entity_decode($string);
8413 // Now, the word count is the number of blocks of characters separated
8414 // by any sort of space. That seems to be the definition used by all other systems.
8415 // To be precise about what is considered to separate words:
8416 // * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Separator'
8417 // * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Control character'
8418 // * An em- or en- dash.
8419 return count(preg_split('~[\p{Z}\p{Cc}—–]+~u', $string, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY
));
8423 * Count letters in a string.
8425 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace.
8428 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters. May be HTML.
8429 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text.
8431 function count_letters($string) {
8432 $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now.
8433 $string = html_entity_decode($string);
8434 $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now.
8436 return core_text
::strlen($string);
8440 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length.
8442 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created.
8445 function random_string($length=15) {
8446 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
8447 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
8448 $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz';
8449 $pool .= '0123456789';
8450 $poollen = strlen($pool);
8452 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++
) {
8453 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
8454 $string .= substr($pool, ($rand%
($poollen)), 1);
8460 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts)
8462 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a
8463 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters
8465 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length
8468 function complex_random_string($length=null) {
8469 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789';
8470 $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} ';
8471 $poollen = strlen($pool);
8472 if ($length===null) {
8473 $length = floor(rand(24, 32));
8475 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
8477 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++
) {
8478 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
8479 $string .= $pool[($rand%
$poollen)];
8485 * Try to generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes.
8487 * Note this is achieved by fallbacking between:
8488 * - PHP 7 random_bytes().
8489 * - OpenSSL openssl_random_pseudo_bytes().
8490 * - In house random generator getting its entropy from various, hard to guess, pseudo-random sources.
8492 * @param int $length requested length in bytes
8493 * @return string binary data
8495 function random_bytes_emulate($length) {
8498 debugging('Invalid random bytes length', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
8501 if (function_exists('random_bytes')) {
8502 // Use PHP 7 goodness.
8503 $hash = @random_bytes
($length);
8504 if ($hash !== false) {
8508 if (function_exists('openssl_random_pseudo_bytes')) {
8509 // If you have the openssl extension enabled.
8510 $hash = openssl_random_pseudo_bytes($length);
8511 if ($hash !== false) {
8516 // Bad luck, there is no reliable random generator, let's just slowly hash some unique stuff that is hard to guess.
8517 $staticdata = serialize($CFG) . serialize($_SERVER);
8520 $hash .= sha1($staticdata . microtime(true) . uniqid('', true), true);
8521 } while (strlen($hash) < $length);
8523 return substr($hash, 0, $length);
8527 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length,
8528 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
8531 * @param string $text text to be shortened
8532 * @param int $ideal ideal string length
8533 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word
8534 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated
8535 * @return string $truncate shortened string
8537 function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') {
8538 // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text.
8539 if (core_text
::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) {
8543 // Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing
8544 // and only tag in its 'line'.
8545 preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER
);
8547 $totallength = core_text
::strlen($ending);
8550 // This array stores information about open and close tags and their position
8551 // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields
8552 // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos
8553 // (byte position in truncated text).
8554 $tagdetails = array();
8556 foreach ($lines as $linematchings) {
8557 // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output.
8558 if (!empty($linematchings[1])) {
8559 // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>).
8560 if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) {
8561 if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8562 // Record closing tag.
8563 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8565 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8566 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8569 } else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8570 // Record opening tag.
8571 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8573 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8574 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8576 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--\[if\s.*?\]>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8577 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8579 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower('if'),
8580 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8582 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--<!\[endif\]-->$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8583 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8585 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower('if'),
8586 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8590 // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text.
8591 $truncate .= $linematchings[1];
8594 // Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character.
8595 $contentlength = core_text
::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2]));
8596 if ($totallength +
$contentlength > $ideal) {
8597 // The number of characters which are left.
8598 $left = $ideal - $totallength;
8599 $entitieslength = 0;
8600 // Search for html entities.
8601 if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE
)) {
8602 // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range.
8603 foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) {
8604 if ($entity[1]+
1-$entitieslength <= $left) {
8606 $entitieslength +
= core_text
::strlen($entity[0]);
8608 // No more characters left.
8613 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
8615 // If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle...
8617 // Search the last occurence of a space.
8618 for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) {
8619 if ($char = core_text
::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) {
8620 if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') {
8623 } else if (strlen($char) > 2) {
8624 // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary.
8631 if ($breakpos == 0) {
8632 // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case.
8633 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
8634 } else if ($breakpos > $left +
$entitieslength) {
8635 // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char.
8636 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
8639 $truncate .= core_text
::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos);
8640 // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop.
8643 $truncate .= $linematchings[2];
8644 $totallength +
= $contentlength;
8647 // If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop.
8648 if ($totallength >= $ideal) {
8653 // Add the defined ending to the text.
8654 $truncate .= $ending;
8656 // Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position.
8657 $opentags = array();
8658 foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) {
8659 if ($taginfo->open
) {
8660 // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list.
8661 array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag
);
8663 // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one.
8664 $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag
, array_reverse($opentags, true));
8665 if ($pos !== false) {
8666 unset($opentags[$pos]);
8671 // Close all unclosed html-tags.
8672 foreach ($opentags as $tag) {
8673 if ($tag === 'if') {
8674 $truncate .= '<!--<![endif]-->';
8676 $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>';
8684 * Shortens a given filename by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
8685 * When the filename is too long, the file cannot be created on the filesystem due to exceeding max byte size.
8686 * Limiting the filename to a certain size (considering multibyte characters) will prevent this.
8688 * @param string $filename file name
8689 * @param int $length ideal string length
8690 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
8691 * @return string $shortened shortened file name
8693 function shorten_filename($filename, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE
, $includehash = false) {
8694 $shortened = $filename;
8695 // Extract a part of the filename if it's char size exceeds the ideal string length.
8696 if (core_text
::strlen($filename) > $length) {
8697 // Exclude extension if present in filename.
8698 $mimetypes = get_mimetypes_array();
8699 $extension = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_EXTENSION
);
8700 if ($extension && !empty($mimetypes[$extension])) {
8701 $basename = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_FILENAME
);
8702 $hash = empty($includehash) ?
'' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($basename), 0, 10);
8703 $shortened = core_text
::substr($basename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
8704 $shortened .= '.' . $extension;
8706 $hash = empty($includehash) ?
'' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($filename), 0, 10);
8707 $shortened = core_text
::substr($filename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
8714 * Shortens a given array of filenames by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
8716 * @param array $path The paths to reduce the length.
8717 * @param int $length Ideal string length
8718 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
8719 * @return array $result Shortened paths in array.
8721 function shorten_filenames(array $path, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE
, $includehash = false) {
8724 $result = array_reduce($path, function($carry, $singlepath) use ($length, $includehash) {
8725 $carry[] = shorten_filename($singlepath, $length, $includehash);
8733 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate
8734 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ...
8736 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date
8737 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date
8740 function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) {
8741 if ($thedate < $startdate) {
8745 return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS
) +
1;
8749 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by
8751 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and
8752 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254}
8754 * @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated.
8757 function generate_password($maxlen=10) {
8760 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy
)) {
8761 $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
8762 $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist
);
8763 $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8764 $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8765 $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)];
8766 $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2;
8768 $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength
) ?
$CFG->minpasswordlength
: 0;
8769 $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits
;
8770 $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower
;
8771 $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper
;
8772 $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
;
8773 $total = $lower +
$upper +
$digits +
$nonalphanum;
8774 // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ).
8775 $minlen = $minlen < $total ?
$total : $minlen;
8776 // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen.
8777 $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ?
$minlen : $maxlen;
8778 $additional = $maxlen - $total;
8780 // Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill
8781 // complexity requirements.
8782 $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
8783 while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) {
8784 $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
8786 $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER
;
8787 while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) {
8788 $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER
;
8790 $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER
;
8791 while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) {
8792 $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER
;
8794 $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM
;
8795 while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) {
8796 $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM
;
8799 // Now mix and shuffle it all.
8800 $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) .
8801 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) .
8802 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) .
8803 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) .
8804 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower .
8807 $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional));
8810 return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen);
8814 * Given a float, prints it nicely.
8815 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations!
8817 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small
8818 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing
8819 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example,
8820 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'.
8822 * @param float $float The float to print
8823 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print. -1 is a special value for auto detect (full precision).
8824 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator
8825 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point. It will be ignored and the trailing zeros after
8826 * the decimal point are always striped if $decimalpoints is -1.
8827 * @return string locale float
8829 function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) {
8830 if (is_null($float)) {
8834 $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig');
8838 if ($decimalpoints == -1) {
8839 // The following counts the number of decimals.
8840 // It is safe as both floatval() and round() functions have same behaviour when non-numeric values are provided.
8841 $floatval = floatval($float);
8842 for ($decimalpoints = 0; $floatval != round($float, $decimalpoints); $decimalpoints++
);
8845 $result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, '');
8847 // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed.
8848 $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator, '~') . ')?0+$~', '', $result);
8854 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value
8855 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats!
8857 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation
8858 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number.
8859 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float.
8861 function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) {
8862 $localefloat = trim($localefloat);
8864 if ($localefloat == '') {
8868 $localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators.
8869 $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat);
8871 if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) {
8875 return (float)$localefloat;
8879 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle()
8880 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine.
8882 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged
8885 function swapshuffle($array) {
8887 $last = count($array) - 1;
8888 for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++
) {
8889 $from = rand(0, $last);
8891 $array[$i] = $array[$from];
8892 $array[$from] = $curr;
8898 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays
8900 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
8903 function swapshuffle_assoc($array) {
8905 $newarray = array();
8906 $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array));
8908 foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) {
8909 $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey];
8915 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws,
8916 * this function returns an array with that amount
8917 * of items. The indexes are retained.
8919 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8921 * @param array $array
8925 function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) {
8929 $last = count($array);
8931 if ($draws > $last) {
8935 while ($draws > 0) {
8938 $keys = array_keys($array);
8939 $rand = rand(0, $last);
8941 $return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]];
8942 unset($array[$keys[$rand]]);
8951 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes
8953 * @param string $a The first Microtime
8954 * @param string $b The second Microtime
8957 function microtime_diff($a, $b) {
8958 list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a);
8959 list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b);
8960 return $bsec - $asec +
$bdec - $adec;
8964 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns
8965 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc
8967 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits
8968 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string
8969 * @return array The now assembled array
8971 function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') {
8973 $array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true);
8974 foreach ($array as $key => $item) {
8975 $outarray[$key+
1] = trim($item);
8981 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
8982 * can be chosen using the given grading type.
8985 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum
8988 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely!
8990 * @param int $gradingtype
8993 function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) {
8997 if ($gradingtype < 0) {
8998 if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) {
8999 return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale
);
9001 } else if ($gradingtype > 0) {
9002 for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) {
9003 $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype;
9011 * make_unique_id_code
9013 * @todo Finish documenting this function
9016 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code
9019 function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') {
9021 $hostname = 'unknownhost';
9022 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) {
9023 $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
9024 } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) {
9025 $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST'];
9026 } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) {
9027 $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'];
9028 } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) {
9029 $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME'];
9032 $date = gmdate("ymdHis");
9034 $random = random_string(6);
9037 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra;
9039 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random;
9045 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
9047 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions.
9048 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats:
9049 * 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask)
9050 * 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group)
9051 * 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-)
9052 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
9053 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php}
9055 * @param string $addr The address you are checking
9056 * @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses
9059 function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr) {
9061 if ($addr == '0.0.0.0') {
9064 $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr);
9066 $addr = trim($addr);
9067 $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise.
9068 if ($addr === null) {
9071 $addrparts = explode(':', $addr);
9073 $ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':');
9075 foreach ($subnets as $subnet) {
9076 $subnet = trim($subnet);
9077 if ($subnet === '') {
9081 if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) {
9082 // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn.
9083 list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet);
9084 $mask = trim($mask);
9085 if (!is_number($mask)) {
9086 continue; // Incorect mask number, eh?
9088 $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise.
9092 if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) {
9097 if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) {
9098 continue; // Nonsense.
9101 return true; // Any address.
9104 if ($ip === $addr) {
9109 $ipparts = explode(':', $ip);
9110 $modulo = $mask %
16;
9111 $ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
9112 $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
9113 if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) {
9117 $pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16;
9118 $ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]);
9119 $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]);
9120 $mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo);
9121 if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) {
9131 if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) {
9132 continue; // Nonsense.
9138 if ($ip === $addr) {
9143 $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask);
9144 if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) {
9149 } else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) {
9150 // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group.
9151 $parts = explode('-', $subnet);
9152 if (count($parts) != 2) {
9156 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
9161 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
9162 if ($ipstart === null) {
9165 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart);
9166 $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts));
9167 $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]);
9168 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
9169 if ($ipend === null) {
9173 $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts);
9174 if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) {
9177 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend);
9178 $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]);
9180 $addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]);
9182 if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) {
9191 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
9192 if ($ipstart === null) {
9195 $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart);
9196 $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]);
9197 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
9198 if ($ipend === null) {
9202 if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) {
9208 // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.
9209 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
9214 $parts = explode(':', $subnet);
9215 $count = count($parts);
9216 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
9217 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s.
9219 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
9221 $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
9222 if ($isip !== null) {
9223 if ($isip === $addr) {
9227 } else if ($count > 8) {
9230 $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0');
9231 $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16);
9232 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
9241 $parts = explode('.', $subnet);
9242 $count = count($parts);
9243 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
9244 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing .
9246 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
9249 $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
9250 if ($subnet === $addr) {
9254 } else if ($count > 4) {
9257 $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0');
9258 $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8);
9259 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
9270 * For outputting debugging info
9272 * @param string $string The string to write
9273 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use
9274 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep
9275 * This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect
9277 function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) {
9280 if (isset($CFG->mtrace_wrapper
) && function_exists($CFG->mtrace_wrapper
)) {
9281 $fn = $CFG->mtrace_wrapper
;
9284 } else if (defined('STDOUT') && !PHPUNIT_TEST
&& !defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
9285 // We must explicitly call the add_line function here.
9286 // Uses of fwrite to STDOUT are not picked up by ob_start.
9287 if ($output = \core\task\logmanager
::add_line("{$string}{$eol}")) {
9288 fwrite(STDOUT
, $output);
9291 echo $string . $eol;
9297 // Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect.
9304 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
9306 * @param string $path The path to strip
9307 * @return string the path with double slashes removed
9309 function cleardoubleslashes ($path) {
9310 return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path);
9314 * Is the current ip in a given list?
9316 * @param string $list
9319 function remoteip_in_list($list) {
9320 $clientip = getremoteaddr(null);
9323 // Ensure access on cli.
9326 return \core\ip_utils
::is_ip_in_subnet_list($clientip, $list);
9330 * Returns most reliable client address
9332 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this
9333 * @return string The remote IP address
9335 function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') {
9338 if (!isset($CFG->getremoteaddrconf
)) {
9339 // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the
9340 // user is redirected to the admin screen.
9341 $variablestoskip = GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT
;
9343 $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf
;
9345 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP
)) {
9346 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) {
9347 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']);
9348 return $address ?
$address : $default;
9351 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR
)) {
9352 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) {
9353 $forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']);
9355 $forwardedaddresses = array_filter($forwardedaddresses, function($ip) {
9357 return !\core\ip_utils
::is_ip_in_subnet_list($ip, $CFG->reverseproxyignore ??
'', ',');
9360 // Multiple proxies can append values to this header including an
9361 // untrusted original request header so we must only trust the last ip.
9362 $address = end($forwardedaddresses);
9364 if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) {
9365 // Remove port and brackets from IPv6.
9366 if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) {
9367 $address = $matches[1];
9370 // Remove port from IPv4.
9371 if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) {
9372 $parts = explode(":", $address);
9373 $address = $parts[0];
9377 $address = cleanremoteaddr($address);
9378 return $address ?
$address : $default;
9381 if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
9382 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']);
9383 return $address ?
$address : $default;
9390 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed.
9391 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.)
9393 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address
9394 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression
9395 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error
9397 function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) {
9398 $addr = trim($addr);
9400 if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) {
9401 // Can be only IPv6.
9402 $parts = explode(':', $addr);
9403 $count = count($parts);
9405 if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) {
9406 // Legacy ipv4 notation.
9407 $last = array_pop($parts);
9408 $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true);
9409 if ($ipv4 === null) {
9412 $bits = explode('.', $ipv4);
9413 $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]);
9414 $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]);
9415 $count = count($parts);
9416 $addr = implode(':', $parts);
9419 if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) {
9420 return null; // Severly malformed.
9424 if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) {
9425 return null; // Malformed.
9428 $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true);
9429 $missing = array_fill(0, 1 +
8 - $count, '0');
9430 array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing);
9431 foreach ($parts as $key => $part) {
9438 $adr = implode(':', $parts);
9439 if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) {
9440 return null; // Incorrect format - sorry.
9443 // Normalise 0s and case.
9444 $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts);
9445 $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts);
9447 $result = implode(':', $parts);
9453 if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') {
9454 return '::'; // All addresses.
9457 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1);
9458 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9462 $compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1);
9463 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9467 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1);
9468 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9475 // First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses.
9477 if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) {
9482 foreach ($parts as $key => $match) {
9486 $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s.
9489 return implode('.', $parts);
9494 * Is IP address a public address?
9496 * @param string $ip The ip to check
9497 * @return bool true if the ip is public
9499 function ip_is_public($ip) {
9500 return (bool) filter_var($ip, FILTER_VALIDATE_IP
, (FILTER_FLAG_NO_PRIV_RANGE | FILTER_FLAG_NO_RES_RANGE
));
9504 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given,
9505 * regardless of whether it's an object or not.
9507 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned
9508 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it
9510 function fullclone($thing) {
9511 return unserialize(serialize($thing));
9515 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
9517 * Make sure that value is between min, and max
9519 * @param int $min The minimum value
9520 * @param int $value The value to check
9521 * @param int $max The maximum value
9524 function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) {
9525 if ($value < $min) {
9528 if ($value > $max) {
9535 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array
9537 * @param array $array
9538 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise
9540 function array_is_nested($array) {
9541 foreach ($array as $value) {
9542 if (is_array($value)) {
9550 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info()
9551 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
9552 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided
9553 * separately as well.
9557 function get_performance_info() {
9558 global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE;
9561 $info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation.
9564 if (!empty($CFG->themedesignermode
)) {
9565 // Attempt to avoid devs debugging peformance issues, when its caused by css building and so on.
9566 $info['html'] .= '<p><strong>Warning: Theme designer mode is enabled.</strong></p>';
9568 $info['html'] .= '<ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">'; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation.
9570 $info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime
, microtime());
9572 $info['html'] .= '<li class="timeused col-sm-4">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</li> ';
9573 $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s ';
9575 // GET/POST (or NULL if $_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] is undefined) is useful for txt logged information.
9576 $info['txt'] .= 'method: ' . ($_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] ??
"NULL") . ' ';
9578 if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) {
9579 $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage();
9580 $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory
;
9581 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</li> ';
9582 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '.
9583 $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') ';
9586 if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) {
9587 $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage();
9588 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</li> ';
9589 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') ';
9592 $info['html'] .= '</ul><ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">';
9593 $inc = get_included_files();
9594 $info['includecount'] = count($inc);
9595 $info['html'] .= '<li class="included col-sm-4">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</li> ';
9596 $info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' ';
9598 if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang
) or empty($PAGE)) {
9599 // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry.
9603 $filtermanager = filter_manager
::instance();
9604 if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9605 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary();
9606 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9607 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9608 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9609 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9613 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
9614 if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9615 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary();
9616 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9617 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9618 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9619 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9623 if (!empty($PERF->logwrites
)) {
9624 $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites
;
9625 $info['html'] .= '<li class="logwrites col-sm-4">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</li> ';
9626 $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' ';
9629 $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites
);
9630 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</li> ';
9631 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' ';
9633 if ($DB->want_read_slave()) {
9634 $info['dbreads_slave'] = $DB->perf_get_reads_slave();
9635 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].'</li> ';
9636 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].' ';
9639 $info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5);
9640 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbtime col-sm-4">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</li> ';
9641 $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's ';
9643 if (function_exists('posix_times')) {
9644 $ptimes = posix_times();
9645 if (is_array($ptimes)) {
9646 foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) {
9647 $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes
[$key];
9649 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"posixtimes col-sm-4\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime]";
9650 $info['html'] .= "sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</li> ";
9651 $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] ";
9655 // Grab the load average for the last minute.
9656 // /proc will only work under some linux configurations
9657 // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices.
9658 if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file
('/proc/loadavg')) {
9659 list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]);
9661 } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `
/usr
/bin
/uptime`
) {
9662 if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) {
9663 $serverload = $matches[1];
9665 trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!');
9668 if (!empty($serverload)) {
9669 $info['serverload'] = $serverload;
9670 $info['html'] .= '<li class="serverload col-sm-4">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</li> ';
9671 $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} ";
9674 // Display size of session if session started.
9675 if ($si = \core\session\manager
::get_performance_info()) {
9676 $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size'];
9677 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"serverload col-sm-4\">" . $si['html'] . "</li>";
9678 $info['txt'] .= $si['txt'];
9681 $info['html'] .= '</ul>';
9683 if ($stats = cache_helper
::get_stats()) {
9685 $table = new html_table();
9686 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
9687 $table->head
= ['Mode', 'Cache item', 'Static', 'H', 'M', get_string('mappingprimary', 'cache'), 'H', 'M', 'S'];
9689 $table->align
= ['left', 'left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right'];
9691 $text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): ';
9697 // We want to align static caches into their own column.
9699 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
9700 $numstores = count($details['stores']);
9701 $first = key($details['stores']);
9702 if ($first !== cache_store
::STATIC_ACCEL
) {
9703 $numstores++
; // Add a blank space for the missing static store.
9705 $maxstores = max($maxstores, $numstores);
9710 while ($storec++
< ($maxstores - 2)) {
9711 if ($storec == ($maxstores - 2)) {
9712 $table->head
[] = get_string('mappingfinal', 'cache');
9714 $table->head
[] = "Store $storec";
9716 $table->align
[] = 'left';
9717 $table->align
[] = 'right';
9718 $table->align
[] = 'right';
9719 $table->align
[] = 'right';
9720 $table->head
[] = 'H';
9721 $table->head
[] = 'M';
9722 $table->head
[] = 'S';
9727 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
9728 switch ($details['mode']) {
9729 case cache_store
::MODE_APPLICATION
:
9730 $modeclass = 'application';
9731 $mode = ' <span title="application cache">App</span>';
9733 case cache_store
::MODE_SESSION
:
9734 $modeclass = 'session';
9735 $mode = ' <span title="session cache">Ses</span>';
9737 case cache_store
::MODE_REQUEST
:
9738 $modeclass = 'request';
9739 $mode = ' <span title="request cache">Req</span>';
9742 $row = [$mode, $definition];
9744 $text .= "$definition {";
9747 foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
9749 if ($storec == 0 && $store !== cache_store
::STATIC_ACCEL
) {
9756 $hits +
= $data['hits'];
9757 $misses +
= $data['misses'];
9758 $sets +
= $data['sets'];
9759 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
9760 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger';
9761 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
9762 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark';
9764 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits';
9766 $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) ";
9767 $cell = new html_table_cell($store);
9768 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9770 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']);
9771 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9773 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']);
9774 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9777 if ($store !== cache_store
::STATIC_ACCEL
) {
9778 // The static cache is never set.
9779 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']);
9780 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9785 while ($storec++
< $maxstores) {
9793 $table->data
[] = $row;
9796 $html .= html_writer
::table($table);
9798 // Now lets also show sub totals for each cache store.
9800 $storetotal = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0];
9801 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
9802 foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
9803 if (!array_key_exists($store, $storetotals)) {
9804 $storetotals[$store] = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0];
9806 $storetotals[$store]['class'] = $data['class'];
9807 $storetotals[$store]['hits'] +
= $data['hits'];
9808 $storetotals[$store]['misses'] +
= $data['misses'];
9809 $storetotals[$store]['sets'] +
= $data['sets'];
9810 $storetotal['hits'] +
= $data['hits'];
9811 $storetotal['misses'] +
= $data['misses'];
9812 $storetotal['sets'] +
= $data['sets'];
9816 $table = new html_table();
9817 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
9818 $table->head
= [get_string('storename', 'cache'), get_string('type_cachestore', 'plugin'), 'H', 'M', 'S'];
9820 $table->align
= ['left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right'];
9822 ksort($storetotals);
9824 foreach ($storetotals as $store => $data) {
9826 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
9827 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger';
9828 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
9829 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark';
9831 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits';
9833 $cell = new html_table_cell($store);
9834 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9836 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['class']);
9837 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9839 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']);
9840 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9842 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']);
9843 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9845 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']);
9846 $cell->attributes
= ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
9848 $table->data
[] = $row;
9851 get_string('total'),
9853 $storetotal['hits'],
9854 $storetotal['misses'],
9855 $storetotal['sets'],
9857 $table->data
[] = $row;
9859 $html .= html_writer
::table($table);
9861 $info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets";
9862 $info['html'] .= $html;
9863 $info['txt'] .= $text.'. ';
9865 $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0';
9866 $info['html'] .= '<div class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</div>';
9867 $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 ';
9870 $info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo container-fluid px-md-0 overflow-auto mt-3">'.$info['html'].'</div>';
9875 * Renames a file or directory to a unique name within the same directory.
9877 * This function is designed to avoid any potential race conditions, and select an unused name.
9879 * @param string $filepath Original filepath
9880 * @param string $prefix Prefix to use for the temporary name
9881 * @return string|bool New file path or false if failed
9882 * @since Moodle 3.10
9884 function rename_to_unused_name(string $filepath, string $prefix = '_temp_') {
9885 $dir = dirname($filepath);
9886 $basename = $dir . '/' . $prefix;
9888 while ($limit < 100) {
9889 // Select a new name based on a random number.
9890 $newfilepath = $basename . md5(mt_rand());
9892 // Attempt a rename to that new name.
9893 if (@rename
($filepath, $newfilepath)) {
9894 return $newfilepath;
9897 // The first time, do some sanity checks, maybe it is failing for a good reason and there
9898 // is no point trying 100 times if so.
9899 if ($limit === 0 && (!file_exists($filepath) ||
!is_writable($dir))) {
9908 * Delete directory or only its content
9910 * @param string $dir directory path
9911 * @param bool $contentonly
9912 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist
9914 function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) {
9915 if (!is_dir($dir)) {
9920 if (!$contentonly) {
9921 // Start by renaming the directory; this will guarantee that other processes don't write to it
9922 // while it is in the process of being deleted.
9923 $tempdir = rename_to_unused_name($dir);
9925 // If the rename was successful then delete the $tempdir instead.
9928 // If the rename fails, we will continue through and attempt to delete the directory
9929 // without renaming it since that is likely to at least delete most of the files.
9932 if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) {
9936 while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) {
9937 if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') {
9938 if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) {
9939 $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9941 $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9947 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9950 $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result.
9951 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9956 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
9957 * will take an actual object or the name of a class
9959 * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test
9960 * @param string $property name of property to find
9961 * @return bool true if property exists
9963 function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) {
9964 if (is_string( $obj )) {
9965 $properties = get_class_vars( $obj );
9967 $properties = get_object_vars( $obj );
9969 return array_key_exists( $property, $properties );
9973 * Converts an object into an associative array
9975 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating
9976 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach
9977 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects.
9978 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is.
9980 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate
9981 * and return all available properties in getIterator()
9986 function convert_to_array($var) {
9989 // Loop over elements/properties.
9990 foreach ($var as $key => $value) {
9991 // Recursively convert objects.
9992 if (is_object($value) ||
is_array($value)) {
9993 $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value);
9995 // Simple values are untouched.
9996 $result[$key] = $value;
10003 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
10004 * replace an existing moodle script
10006 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists
10008 function custom_script_path() {
10009 global $CFG, $SCRIPT;
10011 if ($SCRIPT === null) {
10012 // Probably some weird external script.
10016 $scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts
. $SCRIPT;
10018 // Check the custom script exists.
10019 if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) {
10020 return $scriptpath;
10027 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function
10028 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code.
10030 * @param object $user A valid user object
10031 * @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle.
10033 function is_mnet_remote_user($user) {
10036 if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id
)) {
10037 include_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/mnet/lib.php');
10038 $env = new mnet_environment();
10043 return (!empty($user->mnethostid
) && $user->mnethostid
!= $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
);
10047 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle
10048 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined
10050 function setup_lang_from_browser() {
10051 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
10053 if (!empty($SESSION->lang
) or !empty($USER->lang
) or empty($CFG->autolang
)) {
10054 // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do.
10058 if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do.
10062 // Extract and clean langs from headers.
10063 $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'];
10064 $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores.
10065 $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array.
10069 foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) {
10070 if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) {
10071 $langs[(string)$order] = $lang;
10072 $order = $order-0.01;
10074 $parts = explode(';', $lang);
10075 $pos = strpos($parts[1], '=');
10076 $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+
1)] = $parts[0];
10079 krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC
);
10081 // Look for such langs under standard locations.
10082 foreach ($langs as $lang) {
10083 // Clean it properly for include.
10084 $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR
));
10085 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) {
10086 // Lang exists, set it in session.
10087 $SESSION->lang
= $lang;
10088 // We have finished. Go out.
10096 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list
10098 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad)
10100 * @param string $url url to check
10101 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy
10103 function is_proxybypass( $url ) {
10107 if (empty($CFG->proxyhost
) or empty($CFG->proxybypass
)) {
10111 // Get the host part out of the url.
10112 if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST
)) {
10116 // Get the possible bypass hosts into an array.
10117 $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass
);
10119 // Check for a match.
10120 // (IPs need to match the left hand side and hosts the right of the url,
10121 // but we can recklessly check both as there can't be a false +ve).
10122 foreach ($matches as $match) {
10123 $match = trim($match);
10125 // Try for IP match (Left side).
10126 $lhs = substr($host, 0, strlen($match));
10127 if (strcasecmp($match, $lhs)==0) {
10131 // Try for host match (Right side).
10132 $rhs = substr($host, -strlen($match));
10133 if (strcasecmp($match, $rhs)==0) {
10138 // Nothing matched.
10143 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style
10145 * @param mixed $navigation
10146 * @return bool true for yes false for no
10148 function is_newnav($navigation) {
10149 if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) {
10157 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object.
10159 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables.
10161 * @param string $var The variable name
10162 * @param object $object The object to check
10165 function in_object_vars($var, $object) {
10166 $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object));
10167 $classvars = array_keys($classvars);
10168 return in_array($var, $classvars);
10172 * Returns an array without repeated objects.
10173 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values
10175 * @param array $array
10176 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc
10179 function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) {
10180 $duplicatekeys = array();
10183 foreach ($array as $key => $val) {
10184 // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects.
10185 if (is_object($val)) {
10186 $val = (array)$val;
10189 if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) {
10192 $duplicatekeys[] = $key;
10196 foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) {
10197 unset($array[$key]);
10200 return $keepkeyassoc ?
$array : array_values($array);
10204 * Is a userid the primary administrator?
10206 * @param int $userid int id of user to check
10209 function is_primary_admin($userid) {
10210 $primaryadmin = get_admin();
10212 if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id
) {
10220 * Returns the site identifier
10222 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised.
10224 function get_site_identifier() {
10226 // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it.
10227 if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier
)) {
10228 set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']);
10231 return $CFG->siteidentifier
;
10235 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified
10236 * number of consecutive identical characters.
10238 * @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy
10239 * @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters
10242 function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) {
10244 if ($maxchars < 1) {
10245 return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check.
10247 if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) {
10248 return true; // Too short to fail this test.
10251 $previouschar = '';
10252 $consecutivecount = 1;
10253 foreach (str_split($password) as $char) {
10254 if ($char != $previouschar) {
10255 $consecutivecount = 1;
10257 $consecutivecount++
;
10258 if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) {
10259 return false; // Check failed already.
10263 $previouschar = $char;
10270 * Helper function to do partial function binding.
10271 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example
10272 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods
10273 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so:
10275 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2);
10277 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
10279 * $obj = new someclass();
10280 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
10282 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list.
10284 * @param mixed $function a php callback
10285 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with
10286 * @return array Array callback
10288 function partial() {
10289 if (!class_exists('partial')) {
10291 * Used to manage function binding.
10292 * @copyright 2009 Penny Leach
10293 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10297 public $values = array();
10298 /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */
10302 * @param string $func
10303 * @param array $args
10305 public function __construct($func, $args) {
10306 $this->values
= $args;
10307 $this->func
= $func;
10310 * Calls the callback function.
10313 public function method() {
10314 $args = func_get_args();
10315 return call_user_func_array($this->func
, array_merge($this->values
, $args));
10319 $args = func_get_args();
10320 $func = array_shift($args);
10321 $p = new partial($func, $args);
10322 return array($p, 'method');
10326 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment
10327 * this must be called before you use mnet functions.
10329 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global
10331 function get_mnet_environment() {
10333 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/mnet/lib.php');
10334 static $instance = null;
10335 if (empty($instance)) {
10336 $instance = new mnet_environment();
10343 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access
10344 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it.
10346 * @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global
10348 function get_mnet_remote_client() {
10349 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
10350 debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'));
10353 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
10354 if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) {
10355 return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
10361 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called
10362 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client}
10364 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up
10365 * @throws moodle_exception
10367 function set_mnet_remote_client($client) {
10368 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
10369 throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet');
10371 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
10372 $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client;
10376 * return the jump url for a given remote user
10377 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc
10379 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for
10381 function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) {
10384 static $mnetjumps = array();
10385 if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid
, $mnetjumps)) {
10386 $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid
);
10387 $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid
);
10388 $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid
] = $idp->wwwroot
. $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot
. '&wantsurl=';
10390 return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid
];
10394 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user
10396 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_*
10398 function get_home_page() {
10401 if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage
)) {
10402 if ($CFG->defaulthomepage
== HOMEPAGE_MY
) {
10403 return HOMEPAGE_MY
;
10405 return (int)get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', HOMEPAGE_MY
);
10408 return HOMEPAGE_SITE
;
10412 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses.
10413 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The
10414 * result of this function should be passed through print_string.
10415 * @param stdClass|core_course_list_element $course Moodle course object
10416 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname)
10418 function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) {
10420 if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames
)) {
10421 if (!($course instanceof stdClass
)) {
10422 $course = (object)convert_to_array($course);
10424 return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course);
10426 return $course->fullname
;
10431 * Safe analogue of unserialize() that can only parse arrays
10433 * Arrays may contain only integers or strings as both keys and values. Nested arrays are allowed.
10434 * Note: If any string (key or value) has semicolon (;) as part of the string parsing will fail.
10435 * This is a simple method to substitute unnecessary unserialize() in code and not intended to cover all possible cases.
10437 * @param string $expression
10438 * @return array|bool either parsed array or false if parsing was impossible.
10440 function unserialize_array($expression) {
10442 // Find nested arrays, parse them and store in $subs , substitute with special string.
10443 while (preg_match('/([\^;\}])(a:\d+:\{[^\{\}]*\})/', $expression, $matches) && strlen($matches[2]) < strlen($expression)) {
10444 $key = '--SUB' . count($subs) . '--';
10445 $subs[$key] = unserialize_array($matches[2]);
10446 if ($subs[$key] === false) {
10449 $expression = str_replace($matches[2], $key . ';', $expression);
10452 // Check the expression is an array.
10453 if (!preg_match('/^a:(\d+):\{([^\}]*)\}$/', $expression, $matches1)) {
10456 // Get the size and elements of an array (key;value;key;value;....).
10457 $parts = explode(';', $matches1[2]);
10458 $size = intval($matches1[1]);
10459 if (count($parts) < $size * 2 +
1) {
10462 // Analyze each part and make sure it is an integer or string or a substitute.
10464 for ($i = 0; $i < $size * 2; $i++
) {
10465 if (preg_match('/^i:(\d+)$/', $parts[$i], $matches2)) {
10466 $parts[$i] = (int)$matches2[1];
10467 } else if (preg_match('/^s:(\d+):"(.*)"$/', $parts[$i], $matches3) && strlen($matches3[2]) == (int)$matches3[1]) {
10468 $parts[$i] = $matches3[2];
10469 } else if (preg_match('/^--SUB\d+--$/', $parts[$i])) {
10470 $parts[$i] = $subs[$parts[$i]];
10475 // Combine keys and values.
10476 for ($i = 0; $i < $size * 2; $i +
= 2) {
10477 $value[$parts[$i]] = $parts[$i+
1];
10483 * The lang_string class
10485 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request.
10486 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used.
10487 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were
10488 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used.
10489 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which
10490 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time.
10491 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that
10492 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page.
10494 * How to use the lang_string class?
10495 * There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the
10496 * forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly.
10497 * The following are examples of both.
10498 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g.
10499 * $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true);
10500 * $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true);
10501 * 2. Direct instantiation
10502 * $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang);
10503 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
10505 * How do I use a lang_string object?
10506 * The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you
10507 * are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases.
10508 * This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly
10509 * echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar.
10510 * The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the
10511 * lang_strings out method e.g.
10512 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
10514 * Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which
10515 * allows the developer to change the language on the fly.
10517 * When should I use a lang_string object?
10518 * The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a
10519 * string may not be needed, but needs to be generated.
10520 * The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be
10522 * A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may
10523 * not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows
10524 * what they will do ;))
10526 * When should I not use a lang_string object?
10527 * Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately.
10528 * There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no
10529 * advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be
10530 * instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require
10534 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will
10535 * result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!)
10539 * @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk
10540 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10542 class lang_string
{
10544 /** @var string The strings identifier */
10545 protected $identifier;
10546 /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */
10547 protected $component = '';
10548 /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */
10549 protected $a = null;
10550 /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */
10551 protected $lang = null;
10553 /** @var string The processed string (once processed) */
10554 protected $string = null;
10557 * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and
10558 * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used.
10561 protected $forcedstring = false;
10564 * Constructs a lang_string object
10566 * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best
10567 * performance for strings that won't be used.
10569 * @param string $identifier The strings identifier
10570 * @param string $component The strings component
10571 * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires
10572 * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string.
10573 * @throws coding_exception
10575 public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) {
10576 if (empty($component)) {
10577 $component = 'moodle';
10580 $this->identifier
= $identifier;
10581 $this->component
= $component;
10582 $this->lang
= $lang;
10584 // We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those
10585 // changes are not carried across.
10586 // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings
10587 // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten.
10589 if (is_scalar($a)) {
10591 } else if ($a instanceof lang_string
) {
10592 $this->a
= $a->out();
10593 } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) {
10595 $this->a
= array();
10596 foreach ($a as $key => $value) {
10597 // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in '').
10598 if (is_array($value)) {
10599 $this->a
[$key] = '';
10600 } else if (is_object($value)) {
10601 if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) {
10602 $this->a
[$key] = $value->__toString();
10604 $this->a
[$key] = '';
10607 $this->a
[$key] = (string)$value;
10613 if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
)) {
10614 if (clean_param($this->identifier
, PARAM_STRINGID
) == '') {
10615 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition');
10617 if (!empty($this->component
) && clean_param($this->component
, PARAM_COMPONENT
) == '') {
10618 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition');
10620 if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier
, $this->component
)) {
10621 debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier
.'/'.$this->component
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
10627 * Processes the string.
10629 * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property
10630 * and then returns it.
10631 * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method.
10632 * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing.
10633 * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards
10637 * @throws coding_exception
10639 protected function get_string() {
10642 // Check if we need to process the string.
10643 if ($this->string === null) {
10644 // Check the quality of the identifier.
10645 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& clean_param($this->identifier
, PARAM_STRINGID
) === '') {
10646 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
10649 // Process the string.
10650 $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier
, $this->component
, $this->a
, $this->lang
);
10651 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
10652 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids
) && $CFG->debugstringids
&& optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT
)) {
10653 $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier
. '/' . $this->component
. '}';
10656 // Return the string.
10657 return $this->string;
10661 * Returns the string
10663 * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string
10666 public function out($lang = null) {
10667 if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang
&& ($this->lang
== null && $lang != current_language())) {
10668 if ($this->forcedstring
) {
10669 debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang
.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
10670 return $this->get_string();
10672 $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier
, $this->component
, $this->a
, $lang);
10673 return $translatedstring->out();
10675 return $this->get_string();
10679 * Magic __toString method for printing a string
10683 public function __toString() {
10684 return $this->get_string();
10688 * Magic __set_state method used for var_export
10692 public function __set_state() {
10693 return $this->get_string();
10697 * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and
10698 * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure
10699 * it is generated for this.
10703 public function __sleep() {
10704 $this->get_string();
10705 $this->forcedstring
= true;
10706 return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang');
10710 * Returns the identifier.
10714 public function get_identifier() {
10715 return $this->identifier
;
10719 * Returns the component.
10723 public function get_component() {
10724 return $this->component
;
10729 * Get human readable name describing the given callable.
10731 * This performs syntax check only to see if the given param looks like a valid function, method or closure.
10732 * It does not check if the callable actually exists.
10734 * @param callable|string|array $callable
10735 * @return string|bool Human readable name of callable, or false if not a valid callable.
10737 function get_callable_name($callable) {
10739 if (!is_callable($callable, true, $name)) {
10748 * Tries to guess if $CFG->wwwroot is publicly accessible or not.
10749 * Never put your faith on this function and rely on its accuracy as there might be false positives.
10750 * It just performs some simple checks, and mainly is used for places where we want to hide some options
10751 * such as site registration when $CFG->wwwroot is not publicly accessible.
10752 * Good thing is there is no false negative.
10753 * Note that it's possible to force the result of this check by specifying $CFG->site_is_public in config.php
10757 function site_is_public() {
10760 // Return early if site admin has forced this setting.
10761 if (isset($CFG->site_is_public
)) {
10762 return (bool)$CFG->site_is_public
;
10765 $host = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot
, PHP_URL_HOST
);
10767 if ($host === 'localhost' ||
preg_match('|^127\.\d+\.\d+\.\d+$|', $host)) {
10769 } else if (\core\ip_utils
::is_ip_address($host) && !ip_is_public($host)) {
10771 } else if (($address = \core\ip_utils
::get_ip_address($host)) && !ip_is_public($address)) {